blob: ee1f676586e4e56e931fd4e2d6330c09f2b932bd [file] [log] [blame]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001HXCOMM Use DEFHEADING() to define headings in both help text and texi
2HXCOMM Text between STEXI and ETEXI are copied to texi version and
3HXCOMM discarded from C version
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004HXCOMM DEF(option, HAS_ARG/0, opt_enum, opt_help, arch_mask) is used to
5HXCOMM construct option structures, enums and help message for specified
6HXCOMM architectures.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00007HXCOMM HXCOMM can be used for comments, discarded from both texi and C
8
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02009DEFHEADING(Standard options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000010STEXI
11@table @option
12ETEXI
13
14DEF("help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_h,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000015 "-h or -help display this help and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000016STEXI
17@item -h
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +010018@findex -h
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000019Display help and exit
20ETEXI
21
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000022DEF("version", 0, QEMU_OPTION_version,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000023 "-version display version information and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000024STEXI
25@item -version
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +010026@findex -version
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000027Display version information and exit
28ETEXI
29
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020030DEF("machine", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_machine, \
31 "-machine [type=]name[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +010032 " selects emulated machine ('-machine help' for list)\n"
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020033 " property accel=accel1[:accel2[:...]] selects accelerator\n"
Justin Terry (VM)d661d9a2018-01-22 13:07:46 -080034 " supported accelerators are kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg (default: tcg)\n"
Matt Gingell32c18a22015-11-16 10:03:06 -080035 " kernel_irqchip=on|off|split controls accelerated irqchip support (default=off)\n"
Don Slutzd1048be2014-11-21 11:18:52 -050036 " vmport=on|off|auto controls emulation of vmport (default: auto)\n"
Peter Maydell96404012016-05-10 16:49:29 +010037 " kvm_shadow_mem=size of KVM shadow MMU in bytes\n"
Luiz Capitulino8490fc72012-09-05 16:50:16 -030038 " dump-guest-core=on|off include guest memory in a core dump (default=on)\n"
Le Tana52a7fd2014-08-16 13:55:40 +080039 " mem-merge=on|off controls memory merge support (default: on)\n"
Tiejun Chen79814172015-07-15 13:37:45 +080040 " igd-passthru=on|off controls IGD GFX passthrough support (default=off)\n"
Tony Krowiak2eb1cd02015-03-12 13:53:51 +010041 " aes-key-wrap=on|off controls support for AES key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Alexander Graf9850c602015-02-23 13:56:42 +010042 " dea-key-wrap=on|off controls support for DEA key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Xiao Guangrong87252e12015-12-02 15:20:58 +080043 " suppress-vmdesc=on|off disables self-describing migration (default=off)\n"
Greg Kurz902c0532016-02-18 12:32:25 +010044 " nvdimm=on|off controls NVDIMM support (default=off)\n"
Xiao Feng Ren274250c2017-05-17 02:48:03 +020045 " enforce-config-section=on|off enforce configuration section migration (default=off)\n"
Brijesh Singhdb588192018-03-08 06:48:38 -060046 " memory-encryption=@var{} memory encryption object to use (default=none)\n",
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020047 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000048STEXI
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020049@item -machine [type=]@var{name}[,prop=@var{value}[,...]]
50@findex -machine
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +010051Select the emulated machine by @var{name}. Use @code{-machine help} to list
Daniel P. Berrange8bfce832017-07-25 15:10:41 +010052available machines.
53
54For architectures which aim to support live migration compatibility
55across releases, each release will introduce a new versioned machine
56type. For example, the 2.8.0 release introduced machine types
57``pc-i440fx-2.8'' and ``pc-q35-2.8'' for the x86_64/i686 architectures.
58
59To allow live migration of guests from QEMU version 2.8.0, to QEMU
60version 2.9.0, the 2.9.0 version must support the ``pc-i440fx-2.8''
61and ``pc-q35-2.8'' machines too. To allow users live migrating VMs
62to skip multiple intermediate releases when upgrading, new releases
63of QEMU will support machine types from many previous versions.
64
65Supported machine properties are:
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020066@table @option
67@item accel=@var{accels1}[:@var{accels2}[:...]]
68This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target architecture,
Justin Terry (VM)d661d9a2018-01-22 13:07:46 -080069kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg can be available. By default, tcg is used. If there is
Thomas Huthbde4d922017-05-04 07:24:41 +020070more than one accelerator specified, the next one is used if the previous one
71fails to initialize.
Jan Kiszka6a48ffa2011-10-15 13:43:48 +020072@item kernel_irqchip=on|off
Matt Gingell32c18a22015-11-16 10:03:06 -080073Controls in-kernel irqchip support for the chosen accelerator when available.
Tiejun Chen79814172015-07-15 13:37:45 +080074@item gfx_passthru=on|off
75Enables IGD GFX passthrough support for the chosen machine when available.
Don Slutzd1048be2014-11-21 11:18:52 -050076@item vmport=on|off|auto
77Enables emulation of VMWare IO port, for vmmouse etc. auto says to select the
78value based on accel. For accel=xen the default is off otherwise the default
79is on.
Jan Kiszka39d69602012-01-25 18:14:15 +010080@item kvm_shadow_mem=size
81Defines the size of the KVM shadow MMU.
Jason Baronddb97f12012-08-02 15:44:16 -040082@item dump-guest-core=on|off
83Include guest memory in a core dump. The default is on.
Luiz Capitulino8490fc72012-09-05 16:50:16 -030084@item mem-merge=on|off
85Enables or disables memory merge support. This feature, when supported by
86the host, de-duplicates identical memory pages among VMs instances
87(enabled by default).
Tony Krowiak2eb1cd02015-03-12 13:53:51 +010088@item aes-key-wrap=on|off
89Enables or disables AES key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts. This feature
90controls whether AES wrapping keys will be created to allow
91execution of AES cryptographic functions. The default is on.
92@item dea-key-wrap=on|off
93Enables or disables DEA key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts. This feature
94controls whether DEA wrapping keys will be created to allow
95execution of DEA cryptographic functions. The default is on.
Xiao Guangrong87252e12015-12-02 15:20:58 +080096@item nvdimm=on|off
97Enables or disables NVDIMM support. The default is off.
Peter Xu16f72442017-07-07 10:54:08 +080098@item enforce-config-section=on|off
99If @option{enforce-config-section} is set to @var{on}, force migration
100code to send configuration section even if the machine-type sets the
101@option{migration.send-configuration} property to @var{off}.
102NOTE: this parameter is deprecated. Please use @option{-global}
103@option{migration.send-configuration}=@var{on|off} instead.
Brijesh Singhdb588192018-03-08 06:48:38 -0600104@item memory-encryption=@var{}
105Memory encryption object to use. The default is none.
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200106@end table
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000107ETEXI
108
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200109HXCOMM Deprecated by -machine
110DEF("M", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_M, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
111
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000112DEF("cpu", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cpu,
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100113 "-cpu cpu select CPU ('-cpu help' for list)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000114STEXI
115@item -cpu @var{model}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100116@findex -cpu
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100117Select CPU model (@code{-cpu help} for list and additional feature selection)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000118ETEXI
119
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000120DEF("accel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_accel,
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100121 "-accel [accel=]accelerator[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Justin Terry (VM)d661d9a2018-01-22 13:07:46 -0800122 " select accelerator (kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg; use 'help' for a list)\n"
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100123 " tb-size=n (TCG translation block cache size)\n"
Eduardo Habkost0b3c5c82018-06-11 16:56:07 -0300124 " thread=single|multi (enable multi-threaded TCG)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000125STEXI
126@item -accel @var{name}[,prop=@var{value}[,...]]
127@findex -accel
128This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target architecture,
Justin Terry (VM)d661d9a2018-01-22 13:07:46 -0800129kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg can be available. By default, tcg is used. If there is
Thomas Huthbde4d922017-05-04 07:24:41 +0200130more than one accelerator specified, the next one is used if the previous one
131fails to initialize.
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000132@table @option
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100133@item tb-size=@var{n}
134Controls the size (in MiB) of the TCG translation block cache.
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000135@item thread=single|multi
136Controls number of TCG threads. When the TCG is multi-threaded there will be one
137thread per vCPU therefor taking advantage of additional host cores. The default
138is to enable multi-threading where both the back-end and front-ends support it and
139no incompatible TCG features have been enabled (e.g. icount/replay).
140@end table
141ETEXI
142
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000143DEF("smp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smp,
Like Xu1b458422019-06-20 13:45:25 +0800144 "-smp [cpus=]n[,maxcpus=cpus][,cores=cores][,threads=threads][,dies=dies][,sockets=sockets]\n"
Jes Sorensen6be68d72009-07-23 17:03:42 +0200145 " set the number of CPUs to 'n' [default=1]\n"
146 " maxcpus= maximum number of total cpus, including\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -0700147 " offline CPUs for hotplug, etc\n"
Like Xu1b458422019-06-20 13:45:25 +0800148 " cores= number of CPU cores on one socket (for PC, it's on one die)\n"
Andre Przywara58a04db2009-08-28 10:49:57 +0200149 " threads= number of threads on one CPU core\n"
Like Xu1b458422019-06-20 13:45:25 +0800150 " dies= number of CPU dies on one socket (for PC only)\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000151 " sockets= number of discrete sockets in the system\n",
152 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000153STEXI
Like Xu1b458422019-06-20 13:45:25 +0800154@item -smp [cpus=]@var{n}[,cores=@var{cores}][,threads=@var{threads}][,dies=dies][,sockets=@var{sockets}][,maxcpus=@var{maxcpus}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100155@findex -smp
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000156Simulate an SMP system with @var{n} CPUs. On the PC target, up to 255
157CPUs are supported. On Sparc32 target, Linux limits the number of usable CPUs
158to 4.
Like Xu1b458422019-06-20 13:45:25 +0800159For the PC target, the number of @var{cores} per die, the number of @var{threads}
160per cores, the number of @var{dies} per packages and the total number of
161@var{sockets} can be specified. Missing values will be computed.
162If any on the three values is given, the total number of CPUs @var{n} can be omitted.
163@var{maxcpus} specifies the maximum number of hotpluggable CPUs.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000164ETEXI
165
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000166DEF("numa", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_numa,
Eduardo Habkoste0ee9fd2017-01-23 16:06:31 -0200167 "-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node]\n"
He Chen0f203432017-04-27 10:35:58 +0800168 "-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node]\n"
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100169 "-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance\n"
170 "-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]\n",
171 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000172STEXI
Eduardo Habkoste0ee9fd2017-01-23 16:06:31 -0200173@item -numa node[,mem=@var{size}][,cpus=@var{firstcpu}[-@var{lastcpu}]][,nodeid=@var{node}]
174@itemx -numa node[,memdev=@var{id}][,cpus=@var{firstcpu}[-@var{lastcpu}]][,nodeid=@var{node}]
He Chen0f203432017-04-27 10:35:58 +0800175@itemx -numa dist,src=@var{source},dst=@var{destination},val=@var{distance}
Igor Mammedov419fcde2017-05-10 13:30:01 +0200176@itemx -numa cpu,node-id=@var{node}[,socket-id=@var{x}][,core-id=@var{y}][,thread-id=@var{z}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100177@findex -numa
Eduardo Habkost4b9a5dd2017-01-23 16:06:32 -0200178Define a NUMA node and assign RAM and VCPUs to it.
He Chen0f203432017-04-27 10:35:58 +0800179Set the NUMA distance from a source node to a destination node.
Paolo Bonzini7febe362014-05-14 17:43:17 +0800180
Igor Mammedov419fcde2017-05-10 13:30:01 +0200181Legacy VCPU assignment uses @samp{cpus} option where
Eduardo Habkost4b9a5dd2017-01-23 16:06:32 -0200182@var{firstcpu} and @var{lastcpu} are CPU indexes. Each
183@samp{cpus} option represent a contiguous range of CPU indexes
184(or a single VCPU if @var{lastcpu} is omitted). A non-contiguous
185set of VCPUs can be represented by providing multiple @samp{cpus}
186options. If @samp{cpus} is omitted on all nodes, VCPUs are automatically
187split between them.
188
189For example, the following option assigns VCPUs 0, 1, 2 and 5 to
190a NUMA node:
191@example
192-numa node,cpus=0-2,cpus=5
193@end example
194
Igor Mammedov419fcde2017-05-10 13:30:01 +0200195@samp{cpu} option is a new alternative to @samp{cpus} option
196which uses @samp{socket-id|core-id|thread-id} properties to assign
197CPU objects to a @var{node} using topology layout properties of CPU.
198The set of properties is machine specific, and depends on used
199machine type/@samp{smp} options. It could be queried with
200@samp{hotpluggable-cpus} monitor command.
201@samp{node-id} property specifies @var{node} to which CPU object
202will be assigned, it's required for @var{node} to be declared
203with @samp{node} option before it's used with @samp{cpu} option.
204
205For example:
206@example
207-M pc \
208-smp 1,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
209-numa node,nodeid=0 -numa node,nodeid=1 \
210-numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 -numa cpu,node-id=1,socket-id=1
211@end example
212
Eduardo Habkost4b9a5dd2017-01-23 16:06:32 -0200213@samp{mem} assigns a given RAM amount to a node. @samp{memdev}
214assigns RAM from a given memory backend device to a node. If
215@samp{mem} and @samp{memdev} are omitted in all nodes, RAM is
216split equally between them.
217
218@samp{mem} and @samp{memdev} are mutually exclusive. Furthermore,
219if one node uses @samp{memdev}, all of them have to use it.
220
He Chen0f203432017-04-27 10:35:58 +0800221@var{source} and @var{destination} are NUMA node IDs.
222@var{distance} is the NUMA distance from @var{source} to @var{destination}.
223The distance from a node to itself is always 10. If any pair of nodes is
224given a distance, then all pairs must be given distances. Although, when
225distances are only given in one direction for each pair of nodes, then
226the distances in the opposite directions are assumed to be the same. If,
227however, an asymmetrical pair of distances is given for even one node
228pair, then all node pairs must be provided distance values for both
229directions, even when they are symmetrical. When a node is unreachable
230from another node, set the pair's distance to 255.
231
Eduardo Habkost4b9a5dd2017-01-23 16:06:32 -0200232Note that the -@option{numa} option doesn't allocate any of the
233specified resources, it just assigns existing resources to NUMA
234nodes. This means that one still has to use the @option{-m},
235@option{-smp} options to allocate RAM and VCPUs respectively.
236
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000237ETEXI
238
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100239DEF("add-fd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_add_fd,
240 "-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]\n"
241 " Add 'fd' to fd 'set'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
242STEXI
243@item -add-fd fd=@var{fd},set=@var{set}[,opaque=@var{opaque}]
244@findex -add-fd
245
246Add a file descriptor to an fd set. Valid options are:
247
248@table @option
249@item fd=@var{fd}
250This option defines the file descriptor of which a duplicate is added to fd set.
251The file descriptor cannot be stdin, stdout, or stderr.
252@item set=@var{set}
253This option defines the ID of the fd set to add the file descriptor to.
254@item opaque=@var{opaque}
255This option defines a free-form string that can be used to describe @var{fd}.
256@end table
257
258You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd set:
259@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200260@value{qemu_system} \
261 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \
262 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \
263 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100264@end example
265ETEXI
266
267DEF("set", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_set,
268 "-set group.id.arg=value\n"
269 " set <arg> parameter for item <id> of type <group>\n"
270 " i.e. -set drive.$id.file=/path/to/image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
271STEXI
272@item -set @var{group}.@var{id}.@var{arg}=@var{value}
273@findex -set
Michael Tokareve1f3b972016-10-16 17:21:37 +0300274Set parameter @var{arg} for item @var{id} of type @var{group}
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100275ETEXI
276
277DEF("global", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_global,
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200278 "-global driver.property=value\n"
279 "-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100280 " set a global default for a driver property\n",
281 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
282STEXI
283@item -global @var{driver}.@var{prop}=@var{value}
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200284@itemx -global driver=@var{driver},property=@var{property},value=@var{value}
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100285@findex -global
286Set default value of @var{driver}'s property @var{prop} to @var{value}, e.g.:
287
288@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200289@value{qemu_system_x86} -global ide-hd.physical_block_size=4096 disk-image.img
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100290@end example
291
Michael Tokareva295d242017-09-23 19:31:59 +0300292In particular, you can use this to set driver properties for devices which are
293created automatically by the machine model. To create a device which is not
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100294created automatically and set properties on it, use -@option{device}.
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200295
Markus Armbrusterae08fd52015-06-15 14:35:58 +0200296-global @var{driver}.@var{prop}=@var{value} is shorthand for -global
297driver=@var{driver},property=@var{prop},value=@var{value}. The
298longhand syntax works even when @var{driver} contains a dot.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100299ETEXI
300
301DEF("boot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_boot,
302 "-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off]\n"
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800303 " [,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_time][,strict=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100304 " 'drives': floppy (a), hard disk (c), CD-ROM (d), network (n)\n"
305 " 'sp_name': the file's name that would be passed to bios as logo picture, if menu=on\n"
306 " 'sp_time': the period that splash picture last if menu=on, unit is ms\n"
307 " 'rb_timeout': the timeout before guest reboot when boot failed, unit is ms\n",
308 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
309STEXI
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800310@item -boot [order=@var{drives}][,once=@var{drives}][,menu=on|off][,splash=@var{sp_name}][,splash-time=@var{sp_time}][,reboot-timeout=@var{rb_timeout}][,strict=on|off]
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100311@findex -boot
312Specify boot order @var{drives} as a string of drive letters. Valid
Gongleid274e072015-07-03 17:50:57 +0800313drive letters depend on the target architecture. The x86 PC uses: a, b
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100314(floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d (first CD-ROM), n-p (Etherboot
315from network adapter 1-4), hard disk boot is the default. To apply a
316particular boot order only on the first startup, specify it via
Thomas Huthc0d9f7d2017-02-28 18:40:01 +0100317@option{once}. Note that the @option{order} or @option{once} parameter
318should not be used together with the @option{bootindex} property of
319devices, since the firmware implementations normally do not support both
320at the same time.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100321
322Interactive boot menus/prompts can be enabled via @option{menu=on} as far
323as firmware/BIOS supports them. The default is non-interactive boot.
324
325A splash picture could be passed to bios, enabling user to show it as logo,
326when option splash=@var{sp_name} is given and menu=on, If firmware/BIOS
327supports them. Currently Seabios for X86 system support it.
328limitation: The splash file could be a jpeg file or a BMP file in 24 BPP
329format(true color). The resolution should be supported by the SVGA mode, so
330the recommended is 320x240, 640x480, 800x640.
331
332A timeout could be passed to bios, guest will pause for @var{rb_timeout} ms
Han Hanbbd9e692019-10-15 23:14:51 +0800333when boot failed, then reboot. If @option{reboot-timeout} is not set,
334guest will not reboot by default. Currently Seabios for X86
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100335system support it.
336
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800337Do strict boot via @option{strict=on} as far as firmware/BIOS
338supports it. This only effects when boot priority is changed by
339bootindex options. The default is non-strict boot.
340
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100341@example
342# try to boot from network first, then from hard disk
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200343@value{qemu_system_x86} -boot order=nc
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100344# boot from CD-ROM first, switch back to default order after reboot
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200345@value{qemu_system_x86} -boot once=d
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100346# boot with a splash picture for 5 seconds.
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200347@value{qemu_system_x86} -boot menu=on,splash=/root/boot.bmp,splash-time=5000
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100348@end example
349
350Note: The legacy format '-boot @var{drives}' is still supported but its
351use is discouraged as it may be removed from future versions.
352ETEXI
353
354DEF("m", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_m,
Michael Tokarev89f3ea22016-11-10 17:51:32 +0300355 "-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]\n"
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100356 " configure guest RAM\n"
Alexander Graf0daba1f2015-06-05 11:05:03 +0200357 " size: initial amount of guest memory\n"
Igor Mammedovc270fb92014-06-02 15:25:02 +0200358 " slots: number of hotplug slots (default: none)\n"
Matthew Rosatob6fe0122014-08-28 11:25:33 -0400359 " maxmem: maximum amount of guest memory (default: none)\n"
360 "NOTE: Some architectures might enforce a specific granularity\n",
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100361 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100362STEXI
Luiz Capitulino9fcc0792015-02-26 14:35:45 -0500363@item -m [size=]@var{megs}[,slots=n,maxmem=size]
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100364@findex -m
Luiz Capitulino9fcc0792015-02-26 14:35:45 -0500365Sets guest startup RAM size to @var{megs} megabytes. Default is 128 MiB.
366Optionally, a suffix of ``M'' or ``G'' can be used to signify a value in
367megabytes or gigabytes respectively. Optional pair @var{slots}, @var{maxmem}
368could be used to set amount of hotpluggable memory slots and maximum amount of
369memory. Note that @var{maxmem} must be aligned to the page size.
370
371For example, the following command-line sets the guest startup RAM size to
3721GB, creates 3 slots to hotplug additional memory and sets the maximum
373memory the guest can reach to 4GB:
374
375@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200376@value{qemu_system} -m 1G,slots=3,maxmem=4G
Luiz Capitulino9fcc0792015-02-26 14:35:45 -0500377@end example
378
379If @var{slots} and @var{maxmem} are not specified, memory hotplug won't
380be enabled and the guest startup RAM will never increase.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100381ETEXI
382
383DEF("mem-path", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mempath,
384 "-mem-path FILE provide backing storage for guest RAM\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
385STEXI
386@item -mem-path @var{path}
387@findex -mem-path
388Allocate guest RAM from a temporarily created file in @var{path}.
389ETEXI
390
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100391DEF("mem-prealloc", 0, QEMU_OPTION_mem_prealloc,
392 "-mem-prealloc preallocate guest memory (use with -mem-path)\n",
393 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
394STEXI
395@item -mem-prealloc
396@findex -mem-prealloc
397Preallocate memory when using -mem-path.
398ETEXI
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100399
400DEF("k", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_k,
401 "-k language use keyboard layout (for example 'fr' for French)\n",
402 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
403STEXI
404@item -k @var{language}
405@findex -k
406Use keyboard layout @var{language} (for example @code{fr} for
407French). This option is only needed where it is not easy to get raw PC
Samuel Thibault32945472016-06-22 17:48:31 +0200408keycodes (e.g. on Macs, with some X11 servers or with a VNC or curses
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100409display). You don't normally need to use it on PC/Linux or PC/Windows
410hosts.
411
412The available layouts are:
413@example
414ar de-ch es fo fr-ca hu ja mk no pt-br sv
415da en-gb et fr fr-ch is lt nl pl ru th
416de en-us fi fr-be hr it lv nl-be pt sl tr
417@end example
418
419The default is @code{en-us}.
420ETEXI
421
422
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100423HXCOMM Deprecated by -audiodev
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100424DEF("audio-help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_audio_help,
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100425 "-audio-help show -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified audio settings\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100426 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
427STEXI
428@item -audio-help
429@findex -audio-help
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100430Will show the -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified
431(deprecated) environment variables.
432ETEXI
433
434DEF("audiodev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audiodev,
435 "-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
436 " specifies the audio backend to use\n"
437 " id= identifier of the backend\n"
438 " timer-period= timer period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltán8efac072019-10-13 21:57:58 +0200439 " in|out.mixing-engine= use mixing engine to mix streams inside QEMU\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100440 " in|out.fixed-settings= use fixed settings for host audio\n"
441 " in|out.frequency= frequency to use with fixed settings\n"
442 " in|out.channels= number of channels to use with fixed settings\n"
443 " in|out.format= sample format to use with fixed settings\n"
444 " valid values: s8, s16, s32, u8, u16, u32\n"
445 " in|out.voices= number of voices to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi86247252019-09-18 10:53:33 +0100446 " in|out.buffer-length= length of buffer in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100447 "-audiodev none,id=id,[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
448 " dummy driver that discards all output\n"
449#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_ALSA
450 "-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
451 " in|out.dev= name of the audio device to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczidfc54342019-09-18 10:53:35 +0100452 " in|out.period-length= length of period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100453 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
454 " threshold= threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts\n"
455#endif
456#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_COREAUDIO
457 "-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
458 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
459#endif
460#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_DSOUND
461 "-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
462 " latency= add extra latency to playback in microseconds\n"
463#endif
464#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_OSS
465 "-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
466 " in|out.dev= path of the audio device to use\n"
467 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
468 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
469 " try-mmap= try using memory mapped access\n"
470 " exclusive= open device in exclusive mode\n"
471 " dsp-policy= set timing policy (0..10), -1 to use fragment mode\n"
472#endif
473#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PA
474 "-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
475 " server= PulseAudio server address\n"
476 " in|out.name= source/sink device name\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi14d4f012019-10-04 13:56:41 +0100477 " in|out.latency= desired latency in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100478#endif
479#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SDL
480 "-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
481#endif
482#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
483 "-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
484#endif
485 "-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
486 " path= path of wav file to record\n",
487 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
488STEXI
489@item -audiodev [driver=]@var{driver},id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
490@findex -audiodev
491Adds a new audio backend @var{driver} identified by @var{id}. There are
492global and driver specific properties. Some values can be set
493differently for input and output, they're marked with @code{in|out.}.
494You can set the input's property with @code{in.@var{prop}} and the
495output's property with @code{out.@var{prop}}. For example:
496@example
497-audiodev alsa,id=example,in.frequency=44110,out.frequency=8000
498-audiodev alsa,id=example,out.channels=1 # leaves in.channels unspecified
499@end example
500
Kővágó, Zoltán8efac072019-10-13 21:57:58 +0200501NOTE: parameter validation is known to be incomplete, in many cases
502specifying an invalid option causes QEMU to print an error message and
503continue emulation without sound.
504
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100505Valid global options are:
506
507@table @option
508@item id=@var{identifier}
509Identifies the audio backend.
510
511@item timer-period=@var{period}
512Sets the timer @var{period} used by the audio subsystem in microseconds.
513Default is 10000 (10 ms).
514
Kővágó, Zoltán8efac072019-10-13 21:57:58 +0200515@item in|out.mixing-engine=on|off
516Use QEMU's mixing engine to mix all streams inside QEMU and convert
517audio formats when not supported by the backend. When off,
518@var{fixed-settings} must be off too. Note that disabling this option
519means that the selected backend must support multiple streams and the
520audio formats used by the virtual cards, otherwise you'll get no sound.
521It's not recommended to disable this option unless you want to use 5.1
522or 7.1 audio, as mixing engine only supports mono and stereo audio.
523Default is on.
524
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100525@item in|out.fixed-settings=on|off
526Use fixed settings for host audio. When off, it will change based on
527how the guest opens the sound card. In this case you must not specify
528@var{frequency}, @var{channels} or @var{format}. Default is on.
529
530@item in|out.frequency=@var{frequency}
531Specify the @var{frequency} to use when using @var{fixed-settings}.
532Default is 44100Hz.
533
534@item in|out.channels=@var{channels}
535Specify the number of @var{channels} to use when using
536@var{fixed-settings}. Default is 2 (stereo).
537
538@item in|out.format=@var{format}
539Specify the sample @var{format} to use when using @var{fixed-settings}.
540Valid values are: @code{s8}, @code{s16}, @code{s32}, @code{u8},
541@code{u16}, @code{u32}. Default is @code{s16}.
542
543@item in|out.voices=@var{voices}
544Specify the number of @var{voices} to use. Default is 1.
545
Stefan Hajnoczi86247252019-09-18 10:53:33 +0100546@item in|out.buffer-length=@var{usecs}
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100547Sets the size of the buffer in microseconds.
548
549@end table
550
551@item -audiodev none,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
552Creates a dummy backend that discards all outputs. This backend has no
553backend specific properties.
554
555@item -audiodev alsa,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
556Creates backend using the ALSA. This backend is only available on
557Linux.
558
559ALSA specific options are:
560
561@table @option
562
563@item in|out.dev=@var{device}
564Specify the ALSA @var{device} to use for input and/or output. Default
565is @code{default}.
566
Stefan Hajnoczidfc54342019-09-18 10:53:35 +0100567@item in|out.period-length=@var{usecs}
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100568Sets the period length in microseconds.
569
570@item in|out.try-poll=on|off
571Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
572
573@item threshold=@var{threshold}
574Threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts. Default is 0.
575
576@end table
577
578@item -audiodev coreaudio,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
579Creates a backend using Apple's Core Audio. This backend is only
580available on Mac OS and only supports playback.
581
582Core Audio specific options are:
583
584@table @option
585
586@item in|out.buffer-count=@var{count}
587Sets the @var{count} of the buffers.
588
589@end table
590
591@item -audiodev dsound,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
592Creates a backend using Microsoft's DirectSound. This backend is only
593available on Windows and only supports playback.
594
595DirectSound specific options are:
596
597@table @option
598
599@item latency=@var{usecs}
600Add extra @var{usecs} microseconds latency to playback. Default is
60110000 (10 ms).
602
603@end table
604
605@item -audiodev oss,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
606Creates a backend using OSS. This backend is available on most
607Unix-like systems.
608
609OSS specific options are:
610
611@table @option
612
613@item in|out.dev=@var{device}
614Specify the file name of the OSS @var{device} to use. Default is
615@code{/dev/dsp}.
616
617@item in|out.buffer-count=@var{count}
618Sets the @var{count} of the buffers.
619
620@item in|out.try-poll=on|of
621Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
622
623@item try-mmap=on|off
624Try using memory mapped device access. Default is off.
625
626@item exclusive=on|off
627Open the device in exclusive mode (vmix won't work in this case).
628Default is off.
629
630@item dsp-policy=@var{policy}
631Sets the timing policy (between 0 and 10, where smaller number means
632smaller latency but higher CPU usage). Use -1 to use buffer sizes
633specified by @code{buffer} and @code{buffer-count}. This option is
634ignored if you do not have OSS 4. Default is 5.
635
636@end table
637
638@item -audiodev pa,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
639Creates a backend using PulseAudio. This backend is available on most
640systems.
641
642PulseAudio specific options are:
643
644@table @option
645
646@item server=@var{server}
647Sets the PulseAudio @var{server} to connect to.
648
649@item in|out.name=@var{sink}
650Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback.
651
Stefan Hajnoczi14d4f012019-10-04 13:56:41 +0100652@item in|out.latency=@var{usecs}
653Desired latency in microseconds. The PulseAudio server will try to honor this
654value but actual latencies may be lower or higher.
655
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100656@end table
657
658@item -audiodev sdl,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
659Creates a backend using SDL. This backend is available on most systems,
660but you should use your platform's native backend if possible. This
661backend has no backend specific properties.
662
663@item -audiodev spice,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
664Creates a backend that sends audio through SPICE. This backend requires
665@code{-spice} and automatically selected in that case, so usually you
666can ignore this option. This backend has no backend specific
667properties.
668
669@item -audiodev wav,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
670Creates a backend that writes audio to a WAV file.
671
672Backend specific options are:
673
674@table @option
675
676@item path=@var{path}
677Write recorded audio into the specified file. Default is
678@code{qemu.wav}.
679
680@end table
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100681ETEXI
682
683DEF("soundhw", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_soundhw,
684 "-soundhw c1,... enable audio support\n"
685 " and only specified sound cards (comma separated list)\n"
686 " use '-soundhw help' to get the list of supported cards\n"
687 " use '-soundhw all' to enable all of them\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
688STEXI
689@item -soundhw @var{card1}[,@var{card2},...] or -soundhw all
690@findex -soundhw
691Enable audio and selected sound hardware. Use 'help' to print all
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200692available sound hardware. For example:
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100693
694@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200695@value{qemu_system_x86} -soundhw sb16,adlib disk.img
696@value{qemu_system_x86} -soundhw es1370 disk.img
697@value{qemu_system_x86} -soundhw ac97 disk.img
698@value{qemu_system_x86} -soundhw hda disk.img
699@value{qemu_system_x86} -soundhw all disk.img
700@value{qemu_system_x86} -soundhw help
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100701@end example
702
703Note that Linux's i810_audio OSS kernel (for AC97) module might
704require manually specifying clocking.
705
706@example
707modprobe i810_audio clocking=48000
708@end example
709ETEXI
710
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100711DEF("device", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_device,
712 "-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
713 " add device (based on driver)\n"
714 " prop=value,... sets driver properties\n"
715 " use '-device help' to print all possible drivers\n"
716 " use '-device driver,help' to print all possible properties\n",
717 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
718STEXI
719@item -device @var{driver}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
720@findex -device
721Add device @var{driver}. @var{prop}=@var{value} sets driver
722properties. Valid properties depend on the driver. To get help on
723possible drivers and properties, use @code{-device help} and
724@code{-device @var{driver},help}.
Corey Minyardf8490452015-12-17 12:50:10 -0600725
726Some drivers are:
Corey Minyard7b0cd782017-09-06 15:57:07 -0500727@item -device ipmi-bmc-sim,id=@var{id}[,slave_addr=@var{val}][,sdrfile=@var{file}][,furareasize=@var{val}][,furdatafile=@var{file}][,guid=@var{uuid}]
Corey Minyardf8490452015-12-17 12:50:10 -0600728
729Add an IPMI BMC. This is a simulation of a hardware management
730interface processor that normally sits on a system. It provides
731a watchdog and the ability to reset and power control the system.
732You need to connect this to an IPMI interface to make it useful
733
734The IPMI slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20.
735This address is the BMC's address on the I2C network of management
736controllers. If you don't know what this means, it is safe to ignore
737it.
738
Cédric Le Goater8c6fd7f2017-04-05 14:41:31 +0200739@table @option
Corey Minyard7b0cd782017-09-06 15:57:07 -0500740@item id=@var{id}
741The BMC id for interfaces to use this device.
Cédric Le Goater8c6fd7f2017-04-05 14:41:31 +0200742@item slave_addr=@var{val}
743Define slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20.
744@item sdrfile=@var{file}
Cédric Le Goater540c07d2017-04-05 14:41:32 +0200745file containing raw Sensor Data Records (SDR) data. The default is none.
746@item fruareasize=@var{val}
747size of a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) area. The default is 1024.
748@item frudatafile=@var{file}
749file containing raw Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) inventory data. The default is none.
Corey Minyard7b0cd782017-09-06 15:57:07 -0500750@item guid=@var{uuid}
751value for the GUID for the BMC, in standard UUID format. If this is set,
752get "Get GUID" command to the BMC will return it. Otherwise "Get GUID"
753will return an error.
Cédric Le Goater8c6fd7f2017-04-05 14:41:31 +0200754@end table
755
Corey Minyardf8490452015-12-17 12:50:10 -0600756@item -device ipmi-bmc-extern,id=@var{id},chardev=@var{id}[,slave_addr=@var{val}]
757
758Add a connection to an external IPMI BMC simulator. Instead of
759locally emulating the BMC like the above item, instead connect
760to an external entity that provides the IPMI services.
761
762A connection is made to an external BMC simulator. If you do this, it
763is strongly recommended that you use the "reconnect=" chardev option
764to reconnect to the simulator if the connection is lost. Note that if
765this is not used carefully, it can be a security issue, as the
766interface has the ability to send resets, NMIs, and power off the VM.
767It's best if QEMU makes a connection to an external simulator running
768on a secure port on localhost, so neither the simulator nor QEMU is
769exposed to any outside network.
770
771See the "lanserv/README.vm" file in the OpenIPMI library for more
772details on the external interface.
773
774@item -device isa-ipmi-kcs,bmc=@var{id}[,ioport=@var{val}][,irq=@var{val}]
775
776Add a KCS IPMI interafce on the ISA bus. This also adds a
777corresponding ACPI and SMBIOS entries, if appropriate.
778
779@table @option
780@item bmc=@var{id}
781The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern above.
782@item ioport=@var{val}
783Define the I/O address of the interface. The default is 0xca0 for KCS.
784@item irq=@var{val}
785Define the interrupt to use. The default is 5. To disable interrupts,
786set this to 0.
787@end table
788
789@item -device isa-ipmi-bt,bmc=@var{id}[,ioport=@var{val}][,irq=@var{val}]
790
791Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface. The default port is
7920xe4 and the default interrupt is 5.
793
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100794ETEXI
795
796DEF("name", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_name,
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +0000797 "-name string1[,process=string2][,debug-threads=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100798 " set the name of the guest\n"
Roman Bolshakov479a5742018-12-17 23:26:01 +0300799 " string1 sets the window title and string2 the process name\n"
800 " When debug-threads is enabled, individual threads are given a separate name\n"
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +0000801 " NOTE: The thread names are for debugging and not a stable API.\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100802 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
803STEXI
804@item -name @var{name}
805@findex -name
806Sets the @var{name} of the guest.
807This name will be displayed in the SDL window caption.
808The @var{name} will also be used for the VNC server.
809Also optionally set the top visible process name in Linux.
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +0000810Naming of individual threads can also be enabled on Linux to aid debugging.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100811ETEXI
812
813DEF("uuid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_uuid,
814 "-uuid %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\n"
815 " specify machine UUID\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
816STEXI
817@item -uuid @var{uuid}
818@findex -uuid
819Set system UUID.
820ETEXI
821
822STEXI
823@end table
824ETEXI
825DEFHEADING()
826
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +0200827DEFHEADING(Block device options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100828STEXI
829@table @option
830ETEXI
831
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000832DEF("fda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000833 "-fda/-fdb file use 'file' as floppy disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
834DEF("fdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000835STEXI
836@item -fda @var{file}
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +0200837@itemx -fdb @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100838@findex -fda
839@findex -fdb
Markus Armbruster92a539d2015-03-17 17:02:20 +0100840Use @var{file} as floppy disk 0/1 image (@pxref{disk_images}).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000841ETEXI
842
843DEF("hda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000844 "-hda/-hdb file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
845DEF("hdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000846DEF("hdc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdc,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000847 "-hdc/-hdd file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 2/3 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
848DEF("hdd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdd, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000849STEXI
850@item -hda @var{file}
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +0200851@itemx -hdb @var{file}
852@itemx -hdc @var{file}
853@itemx -hdd @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100854@findex -hda
855@findex -hdb
856@findex -hdc
857@findex -hdd
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000858Use @var{file} as hard disk 0, 1, 2 or 3 image (@pxref{disk_images}).
859ETEXI
860
861DEF("cdrom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cdrom,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000862 "-cdrom file use 'file' as IDE cdrom image (cdrom is ide1 master)\n",
863 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000864STEXI
865@item -cdrom @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100866@findex -cdrom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000867Use @var{file} as CD-ROM image (you cannot use @option{-hdc} and
868@option{-cdrom} at the same time). You can use the host CD-ROM by
869using @file{/dev/cdrom} as filename (@pxref{host_drives}).
870ETEXI
871
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +0100872DEF("blockdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_blockdev,
873 "-blockdev [driver=]driver[,node-name=N][,discard=ignore|unmap]\n"
874 " [,cache.direct=on|off][,cache.no-flush=on|off]\n"
Kevin Wolfc9b749d2019-10-15 12:29:58 +0200875 " [,read-only=on|off][,auto-read-only=on|off]\n"
876 " [,force-share=on|off][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +0100877 " [,driver specific parameters...]\n"
878 " configure a block backend\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +0200879STEXI
880@item -blockdev @var{option}[,@var{option}[,@var{option}[,...]]]
881@findex -blockdev
882
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200883Define a new block driver node. Some of the options apply to all block drivers,
884other options are only accepted for a specific block driver. See below for a
885list of generic options and options for the most common block drivers.
886
887Options that expect a reference to another node (e.g. @code{file}) can be
888given in two ways. Either you specify the node name of an already existing node
889(file=@var{node-name}), or you define a new node inline, adding options
890for the referenced node after a dot (file.filename=@var{path},file.aio=native).
891
892A block driver node created with @option{-blockdev} can be used for a guest
893device by specifying its node name for the @code{drive} property in a
894@option{-device} argument that defines a block device.
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +0200895
896@table @option
897@item Valid options for any block driver node:
898
899@table @code
900@item driver
901Specifies the block driver to use for the given node.
902@item node-name
903This defines the name of the block driver node by which it will be referenced
904later. The name must be unique, i.e. it must not match the name of a different
905block driver node, or (if you use @option{-drive} as well) the ID of a drive.
906
907If no node name is specified, it is automatically generated. The generated node
908name is not intended to be predictable and changes between QEMU invocations.
909For the top level, an explicit node name must be specified.
910@item read-only
911Open the node read-only. Guest write attempts will fail.
Kevin Wolfc9b749d2019-10-15 12:29:58 +0200912
913Note that some block drivers support only read-only access, either generally or
914in certain configurations. In this case, the default value
915@option{read-only=off} does not work and the option must be specified
916explicitly.
917@item auto-read-only
918If @option{auto-read-only=on} is set, QEMU may fall back to read-only usage
919even when @option{read-only=off} is requested, or even switch between modes as
920needed, e.g. depending on whether the image file is writable or whether a
921writing user is attached to the node.
922@item force-share
923Override the image locking system of QEMU by forcing the node to utilize
924weaker shared access for permissions where it would normally request exclusive
925access. When there is the potential for multiple instances to have the same
926file open (whether this invocation of QEMU is the first or the second
927instance), both instances must permit shared access for the second instance to
928succeed at opening the file.
929
930Enabling @option{force-share=on} requires @option{read-only=on}.
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +0200931@item cache.direct
932The host page cache can be avoided with @option{cache.direct=on}. This will
933attempt to do disk IO directly to the guest's memory. QEMU may still perform an
934internal copy of the data.
935@item cache.no-flush
936In case you don't care about data integrity over host failures, you can use
937@option{cache.no-flush=on}. This option tells QEMU that it never needs to write
938any data to the disk but can instead keep things in cache. If anything goes
939wrong, like your host losing power, the disk storage getting disconnected
940accidentally, etc. your image will most probably be rendered unusable.
941@item discard=@var{discard}
942@var{discard} is one of "ignore" (or "off") or "unmap" (or "on") and controls
943whether @code{discard} (also known as @code{trim} or @code{unmap}) requests are
944ignored or passed to the filesystem. Some machine types may not support
945discard requests.
946@item detect-zeroes=@var{detect-zeroes}
947@var{detect-zeroes} is "off", "on" or "unmap" and enables the automatic
948conversion of plain zero writes by the OS to driver specific optimized
949zero write commands. You may even choose "unmap" if @var{discard} is set
950to "unmap" to allow a zero write to be converted to an @code{unmap} operation.
951@end table
952
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200953@item Driver-specific options for @code{file}
954
955This is the protocol-level block driver for accessing regular files.
956
957@table @code
958@item filename
959The path to the image file in the local filesystem
960@item aio
961Specifies the AIO backend (threads/native, default: threads)
Fam Zheng1878eaf2017-11-24 16:53:51 +0800962@item locking
963Specifies whether the image file is protected with Linux OFD / POSIX locks. The
964default is to use the Linux Open File Descriptor API if available, otherwise no
965lock is applied. (auto/on/off, default: auto)
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200966@end table
967Example:
968@example
969-blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk,filename=disk.img
970@end example
971
972@item Driver-specific options for @code{raw}
973
974This is the image format block driver for raw images. It is usually
975stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as @code{file}.
976
977@table @code
978@item file
979Reference to or definition of the data source block driver node
980(e.g. a @code{file} driver node)
981@end table
982Example 1:
983@example
984-blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk_file,filename=disk.img
985-blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file=disk_file
986@end example
987Example 2:
988@example
989-blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file.driver=file,file.filename=disk.img
990@end example
991
992@item Driver-specific options for @code{qcow2}
993
994This is the image format block driver for qcow2 images. It is usually
995stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as @code{file}.
996
997@table @code
998@item file
999Reference to or definition of the data source block driver node
1000(e.g. a @code{file} driver node)
1001
1002@item backing
1003Reference to or definition of the backing file block device (default is taken
Max Reitz4f7be282018-02-24 16:40:33 +01001004from the image file). It is allowed to pass @code{null} here in order to disable
1005the default backing file.
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +02001006
1007@item lazy-refcounts
1008Whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature (on/off; default is taken from the
1009image file)
1010
1011@item cache-size
1012The maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount block caches in bytes
Leonid Bloch40fb2152018-09-26 19:04:39 +03001013(default: the sum of l2-cache-size and refcount-cache-size)
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +02001014
1015@item l2-cache-size
1016The maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes
Leonid Bloch80668d02018-09-26 19:04:44 +03001017(default: if cache-size is not specified - 32M on Linux platforms, and 8M on
1018non-Linux platforms; otherwise, as large as possible within the cache-size,
1019while permitting the requested or the minimal refcount cache size)
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +02001020
1021@item refcount-cache-size
1022The maximum size of the refcount block cache in bytes
Leonid Bloch40fb2152018-09-26 19:04:39 +03001023(default: 4 times the cluster size; or if cache-size is specified, the part of
1024it which is not used for the L2 cache)
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +02001025
1026@item cache-clean-interval
1027Clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount caches. The interval is in seconds.
Leonid Bloche3a7b452018-09-29 12:54:54 +03001028The default value is 600 on supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms.
1029Setting it to 0 disables this feature.
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +02001030
1031@item pass-discard-request
1032Whether discard requests to the qcow2 device should be forwarded to the data
1033source (on/off; default: on if discard=unmap is specified, off otherwise)
1034
1035@item pass-discard-snapshot
1036Whether discard requests for the data source should be issued when a snapshot
1037operation (e.g. deleting a snapshot) frees clusters in the qcow2 file (on/off;
1038default: on)
1039
1040@item pass-discard-other
1041Whether discard requests for the data source should be issued on other
1042occasions where a cluster gets freed (on/off; default: off)
1043
1044@item overlap-check
1045Which overlap checks to perform for writes to the image
1046(none/constant/cached/all; default: cached). For details or finer
1047granularity control refer to the QAPI documentation of @code{blockdev-add}.
1048@end table
1049
1050Example 1:
1051@example
1052-blockdev driver=file,node-name=my_file,filename=/tmp/disk.qcow2
1053-blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=hda,file=my_file,overlap-check=none,cache-size=16777216
1054@end example
1055Example 2:
1056@example
1057-blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=disk,file.driver=http,file.filename=http://example.com/image.qcow2
1058@end example
1059
1060@item Driver-specific options for other drivers
1061Please refer to the QAPI documentation of the @code{blockdev-add} QMP command.
1062
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001063@end table
1064
1065ETEXI
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001066
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001067DEF("drive", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_drive,
1068 "-drive [file=file][,if=type][,bus=n][,unit=m][,media=d][,index=i]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi92196b22011-08-04 12:26:52 +01001069 " [,cache=writethrough|writeback|none|directsync|unsafe][,format=f]\n"
Kevin Wolf572023f2018-06-13 11:01:30 +02001070 " [,snapshot=on|off][,rerror=ignore|stop|report]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczid1db7602014-04-23 13:55:37 +02001071 " [,werror=ignore|stop|report|enospc][,id=name][,aio=threads|native]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001072 " [,readonly=on|off][,copy-on-read=on|off]\n"
Peter Lieven2f7133b2014-07-28 21:53:02 +02001073 " [,discard=ignore|unmap][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Benoît Canet3e9fab62013-09-02 14:14:40 +02001074 " [[,bps=b]|[[,bps_rd=r][,bps_wr=w]]]\n"
1075 " [[,iops=i]|[[,iops_rd=r][,iops_wr=w]]]\n"
1076 " [[,bps_max=bm]|[[,bps_rd_max=rm][,bps_wr_max=wm]]]\n"
1077 " [[,iops_max=im]|[[,iops_rd_max=irm][,iops_wr_max=iwm]]]\n"
Benoît Canet2024c1d2013-09-02 14:14:41 +02001078 " [[,iops_size=is]]\n"
Alberto Garcia76f4afb2015-06-08 18:17:44 +02001079 " [[,group=g]]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001080 " use 'file' as a drive image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001081STEXI
1082@item -drive @var{option}[,@var{option}[,@var{option}[,...]]]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001083@findex -drive
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001084
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001085Define a new drive. This includes creating a block driver node (the backend) as
1086well as a guest device, and is mostly a shortcut for defining the corresponding
1087@option{-blockdev} and @option{-device} options.
1088
1089@option{-drive} accepts all options that are accepted by @option{-blockdev}. In
1090addition, it knows the following options:
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001091
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02001092@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001093@item file=@var{file}
1094This option defines which disk image (@pxref{disk_images}) to use with
1095this drive. If the filename contains comma, you must double it
1096(for instance, "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file").
Ronnie Sahlberg0f5314a2011-10-26 23:51:37 +11001097
1098Special files such as iSCSI devices can be specified using protocol
1099specific URLs. See the section for "Device URL Syntax" for more information.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001100@item if=@var{interface}
1101This option defines on which type on interface the drive is connected.
Craig Jellicked1fcd02017-03-17 08:49:55 -07001102Available types are: ide, scsi, sd, mtd, floppy, pflash, virtio, none.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001103@item bus=@var{bus},unit=@var{unit}
1104These options define where is connected the drive by defining the bus number and
1105the unit id.
1106@item index=@var{index}
1107This option defines where is connected the drive by using an index in the list
1108of available connectors of a given interface type.
1109@item media=@var{media}
1110This option defines the type of the media: disk or cdrom.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001111@item snapshot=@var{snapshot}
Michael Tokarev9d85d552014-04-07 13:34:58 +04001112@var{snapshot} is "on" or "off" and controls snapshot mode for the given drive
1113(see @option{-snapshot}).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001114@item cache=@var{cache}
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001115@var{cache} is "none", "writeback", "unsafe", "directsync" or "writethrough"
1116and controls how the host cache is used to access block data. This is a
1117shortcut that sets the @option{cache.direct} and @option{cache.no-flush}
1118options (as in @option{-blockdev}), and additionally @option{cache.writeback},
1119which provides a default for the @option{write-cache} option of block guest
1120devices (as in @option{-device}). The modes correspond to the following
1121settings:
1122
1123@c Our texi2pod.pl script doesn't support @multitable, so fall back to using
1124@c plain ASCII art (well, UTF-8 art really). This looks okay both in the manpage
1125@c and the HTML output.
1126@example
1127@ │ cache.writeback cache.direct cache.no-flush
1128─────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────
1129writeback │ on off off
1130none │ on on off
1131writethrough │ off off off
1132directsync │ off on off
1133unsafe │ on off on
1134@end example
1135
1136The default mode is @option{cache=writeback}.
1137
Christoph Hellwig5c6c3a62009-08-20 16:58:35 +02001138@item aio=@var{aio}
1139@var{aio} is "threads", or "native" and selects between pthread based disk I/O and native Linux AIO.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001140@item format=@var{format}
1141Specify which disk @var{format} will be used rather than detecting
Michael Tokarevd33c8a72016-05-18 15:47:53 +03001142the format. Can be used to specify format=raw to avoid interpreting
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001143an untrusted format header.
Luiz Capitulinoae73e592011-07-12 17:35:08 -03001144@item werror=@var{action},rerror=@var{action}
1145Specify which @var{action} to take on write and read errors. Valid actions are:
1146"ignore" (ignore the error and try to continue), "stop" (pause QEMU),
1147"report" (report the error to the guest), "enospc" (pause QEMU only if the
1148host disk is full; report the error to the guest otherwise).
1149The default setting is @option{werror=enospc} and @option{rerror=report}.
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001150@item copy-on-read=@var{copy-on-read}
1151@var{copy-on-read} is "on" or "off" and enables whether to copy read backing
1152file sectors into the image file.
Stefan Hajnoczi01f9cfa2017-03-01 11:50:24 +00001153@item bps=@var{b},bps_rd=@var{r},bps_wr=@var{w}
1154Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either for all request
1155types or for reads or writes only. Small values can lead to timeouts or hangs
1156inside the guest. A safe minimum for disks is 2 MB/s.
1157@item bps_max=@var{bm},bps_rd_max=@var{rm},bps_wr_max=@var{wm}
1158Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types or for reads
1159or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike above the limit
1160temporarily.
1161@item iops=@var{i},iops_rd=@var{r},iops_wr=@var{w}
1162Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for all request
1163types or for reads or writes only.
1164@item iops_max=@var{bm},iops_rd_max=@var{rm},iops_wr_max=@var{wm}
1165Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request types or for reads
1166or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike above the limit
1167temporarily.
1168@item iops_size=@var{is}
1169Let every @var{is} bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1170throttling purposes. Use this option to prevent guests from circumventing iops
1171limits by sending fewer but larger requests.
1172@item group=@var{g}
1173Join a throttling quota group with given name @var{g}. All drives that are
1174members of the same group are accounted for together. Use this option to
1175prevent guests from circumventing throttling limits by using many small disks
1176instead of a single larger disk.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001177@end table
1178
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001179By default, the @option{cache.writeback=on} mode is used. It will report data
Kevin Wolfa13e5e02012-11-21 12:26:56 +01001180writes as completed as soon as the data is present in the host page cache.
1181This is safe as long as your guest OS makes sure to correctly flush disk caches
1182where needed. If your guest OS does not handle volatile disk write caches
1183correctly and your host crashes or loses power, then the guest may experience
1184data corruption.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001185
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001186For such guests, you should consider using @option{cache.writeback=off}. This
Kevin Wolfa13e5e02012-11-21 12:26:56 +01001187means that the host page cache will be used to read and write data, but write
1188notification will be sent to the guest only after QEMU has made sure to flush
1189each write to the disk. Be aware that this has a major impact on performance.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001190
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001191When using the @option{-snapshot} option, unsafe caching is always used.
Alexander Graf016f5cf2010-05-26 17:51:49 +02001192
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001193Copy-on-read avoids accessing the same backing file sectors repeatedly and is
1194useful when the backing file is over a slow network. By default copy-on-read
1195is off.
1196
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001197Instead of @option{-cdrom} you can use:
1198@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001199@value{qemu_system} -drive file=file,index=2,media=cdrom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001200@end example
1201
1202Instead of @option{-hda}, @option{-hdb}, @option{-hdc}, @option{-hdd}, you can
1203use:
1204@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001205@value{qemu_system} -drive file=file,index=0,media=disk
1206@value{qemu_system} -drive file=file,index=1,media=disk
1207@value{qemu_system} -drive file=file,index=2,media=disk
1208@value{qemu_system} -drive file=file,index=3,media=disk
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001209@end example
1210
Corey Bryant587ed6b2012-10-18 15:19:34 -04001211You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd set:
1212@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001213@value{qemu_system} \
1214 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \
1215 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \
1216 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
Corey Bryant587ed6b2012-10-18 15:19:34 -04001217@end example
1218
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001219You can connect a CDROM to the slave of ide0:
1220@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001221@value{qemu_system_x86} -drive file=file,if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001222@end example
1223
1224If you don't specify the "file=" argument, you define an empty drive:
1225@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001226@value{qemu_system_x86} -drive if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001227@end example
1228
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001229Instead of @option{-fda}, @option{-fdb}, you can use:
1230@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001231@value{qemu_system_x86} -drive file=file,index=0,if=floppy
1232@value{qemu_system_x86} -drive file=file,index=1,if=floppy
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001233@end example
1234
1235By default, @var{interface} is "ide" and @var{index} is automatically
1236incremented:
1237@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001238@value{qemu_system_x86} -drive file=a -drive file=b"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001239@end example
1240is interpreted like:
1241@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001242@value{qemu_system_x86} -hda a -hdb b
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001243@end example
1244ETEXI
1245
1246DEF("mtdblock", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mtdblock,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001247 "-mtdblock file use 'file' as on-board Flash memory image\n",
1248 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001249STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001250@item -mtdblock @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001251@findex -mtdblock
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001252Use @var{file} as on-board Flash memory image.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001253ETEXI
1254
1255DEF("sd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sd,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001256 "-sd file use 'file' as SecureDigital card image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001257STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001258@item -sd @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001259@findex -sd
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001260Use @var{file} as SecureDigital card image.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001261ETEXI
1262
1263DEF("pflash", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pflash,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001264 "-pflash file use 'file' as a parallel flash image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001265STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001266@item -pflash @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001267@findex -pflash
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001268Use @var{file} as a parallel flash image.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001269ETEXI
1270
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001271DEF("snapshot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_snapshot,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001272 "-snapshot write to temporary files instead of disk image files\n",
1273 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001274STEXI
1275@item -snapshot
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001276@findex -snapshot
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001277Write to temporary files instead of disk image files. In this case,
1278the raw disk image you use is not written back. You can however force
1279the write back by pressing @key{C-a s} (@pxref{disk_images}).
1280ETEXI
1281
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301282DEF("fsdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fsdev,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001283 "-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
1284 " [,writeout=immediate][,readonly][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode]\n"
Pradeep Jagadeeshb8bbdb82017-02-28 10:31:46 +01001285 " [[,throttling.bps-total=b]|[[,throttling.bps-read=r][,throttling.bps-write=w]]]\n"
1286 " [[,throttling.iops-total=i]|[[,throttling.iops-read=r][,throttling.iops-write=w]]]\n"
1287 " [[,throttling.bps-total-max=bm]|[[,throttling.bps-read-max=rm][,throttling.bps-write-max=wm]]]\n"
1288 " [[,throttling.iops-total-max=im]|[[,throttling.iops-read-max=irm][,throttling.iops-write-max=iwm]]]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001289 " [[,throttling.iops-size=is]]\n"
1290 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=immediate][,readonly]\n"
1291 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=immediate][,readonly]\n"
1292 "-fsdev synth,id=id\n",
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301293 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1294
1295STEXI
1296
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001297@item -fsdev local,id=@var{id},path=@var{path},security_model=@var{security_model} [,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly][,fmode=@var{fmode}][,dmode=@var{dmode}] [,throttling.@var{option}=@var{value}[,throttling.@var{option}=@var{value}[,...]]]
1298@itemx -fsdev proxy,id=@var{id},socket=@var{socket}[,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly]
1299@itemx -fsdev proxy,id=@var{id},sock_fd=@var{sock_fd}[,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly]
1300@itemx -fsdev synth,id=@var{id}[,readonly]
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301301@findex -fsdev
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301302Define a new file system device. Valid options are:
1303@table @option
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001304@item local
1305Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1306@item proxy
1307Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1308@item synth
1309Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301310@item id=@var{id}
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001311Specifies identifier for this device.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301312@item path=@var{path}
1313Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files under
1314this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1315@item security_model=@var{security_model}
1316Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301317Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr", "mapped-file" and "none".
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301318In "passthrough" security model, files are stored using the same
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02001319credentials as they are created on the guest. This requires QEMU
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301320to run as root. In "mapped-xattr" security model, some of the file
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301321attributes like uid, gid, mode bits and link target are stored as
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301322file attributes. For "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the
1323hidden .virtfs_metadata directory. Directories exported by this security model cannot
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301324interact with other unix tools. "none" security model is same as
1325passthrough except the sever won't report failures if it fails to
M. Mohan Kumard9b36a62011-10-14 12:59:37 +05301326set file attributes like ownership. Security model is mandatory
Greg Kurz93aee842018-12-12 14:18:10 +01001327only for local fsdriver. Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take
M. Mohan Kumard9b36a62011-10-14 12:59:37 +05301328security model as a parameter.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301329@item writeout=@var{writeout}
1330This is an optional argument. The only supported value is "immediate".
1331This means that host page cache will be used to read and write data but
1332write notification will be sent to the guest only when the data has been
1333reported as written by the storage subsystem.
M. Mohan Kumar2c74c2c2011-10-25 12:10:39 +05301334@item readonly
1335Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By default
1336read-write access is given.
M. Mohan Kumar84a87cc2011-12-14 13:58:47 +05301337@item socket=@var{socket}
1338Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for communicating
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001339with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
M. Mohan Kumarf67e3ff2011-12-14 13:58:46 +05301340@item sock_fd=@var{sock_fd}
1341Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket descriptor for
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001342communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper like libvirt
1343will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as sock_fd.
Tobias Schrammb96feb22017-06-29 15:11:50 +02001344@item fmode=@var{fmode}
1345Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host. Works only
1346with security models "mapped-xattr" and "mapped-file".
1347@item dmode=@var{dmode}
1348Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the host. Works
1349only with security models "mapped-xattr" and "mapped-file".
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001350@item throttling.bps-total=@var{b},throttling.bps-read=@var{r},throttling.bps-write=@var{w}
1351Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either for all request
1352types or for reads or writes only.
1353@item throttling.bps-total-max=@var{bm},bps-read-max=@var{rm},bps-write-max=@var{wm}
1354Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types or for reads
1355or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike above the limit
1356temporarily.
1357@item throttling.iops-total=@var{i},throttling.iops-read=@var{r}, throttling.iops-write=@var{w}
1358Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for all request
1359types or for reads or writes only.
1360@item throttling.iops-total-max=@var{im},throttling.iops-read-max=@var{irm}, throttling.iops-write-max=@var{iwm}
1361Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request types or for reads
1362or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike above the limit temporarily.
1363@item throttling.iops-size=@var{is}
1364Let every @var{is} bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1365throttling purposes.
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301366@end table
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301367
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001368-fsdev option is used along with -device driver "virtio-9p-...".
1369@item -device virtio-9p-@var{type},fsdev=@var{id},mount_tag=@var{mount_tag}
1370Options for virtio-9p-... driver are:
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301371@table @option
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001372@item @var{type}
1373Specifies the variant to be used. Supported values are "pci", "ccw" or "device",
1374depending on the machine type.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301375@item fsdev=@var{id}
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001376Specifies the id value specified along with -fsdev option.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301377@item mount_tag=@var{mount_tag}
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001378Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this export point.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301379@end table
1380
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301381ETEXI
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301382
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301383DEF("virtfs", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001384 "-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=tag,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Antonios Motakis1a6ed332019-10-10 11:36:05 +02001385 " [,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=remap|forbid|warn]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001386 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,socket=socket[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly]\n"
1387 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,sock_fd=sock_fd[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly]\n"
1388 "-virtfs synth,mount_tag=tag[,id=id][,readonly]\n",
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301389 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1390
1391STEXI
1392
Antonios Motakis1a6ed332019-10-10 11:36:05 +02001393@item -virtfs local,path=@var{path},mount_tag=@var{mount_tag} ,security_model=@var{security_model}[,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly] [,fmode=@var{fmode}][,dmode=@var{dmode}][,multidevs=@var{multidevs}]
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001394@itemx -virtfs proxy,socket=@var{socket},mount_tag=@var{mount_tag} [,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly]
1395@itemx -virtfs proxy,sock_fd=@var{sock_fd},mount_tag=@var{mount_tag} [,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly]
1396@itemx -virtfs synth,mount_tag=@var{mount_tag}
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301397@findex -virtfs
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301398
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001399Define a new filesystem device and expose it to the guest using a virtio-9p-device. The general form of a Virtual File system pass-through options are:
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301400@table @option
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001401@item local
1402Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1403@item proxy
1404Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1405@item synth
1406Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301407@item id=@var{id}
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001408Specifies identifier for the filesystem device
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301409@item path=@var{path}
1410Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files under
1411this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1412@item security_model=@var{security_model}
1413Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301414Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr", "mapped-file" and "none".
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301415In "passthrough" security model, files are stored using the same
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02001416credentials as they are created on the guest. This requires QEMU
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301417to run as root. In "mapped-xattr" security model, some of the file
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301418attributes like uid, gid, mode bits and link target are stored as
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301419file attributes. For "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the
1420hidden .virtfs_metadata directory. Directories exported by this security model cannot
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301421interact with other unix tools. "none" security model is same as
1422passthrough except the sever won't report failures if it fails to
M. Mohan Kumard9b36a62011-10-14 12:59:37 +05301423set file attributes like ownership. Security model is mandatory only
Greg Kurz93aee842018-12-12 14:18:10 +01001424for local fsdriver. Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security
M. Mohan Kumard9b36a62011-10-14 12:59:37 +05301425model as a parameter.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301426@item writeout=@var{writeout}
1427This is an optional argument. The only supported value is "immediate".
1428This means that host page cache will be used to read and write data but
1429write notification will be sent to the guest only when the data has been
1430reported as written by the storage subsystem.
M. Mohan Kumar2c74c2c2011-10-25 12:10:39 +05301431@item readonly
1432Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By default
1433read-write access is given.
M. Mohan Kumar84a87cc2011-12-14 13:58:47 +05301434@item socket=@var{socket}
1435Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001436communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper like libvirt
1437will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as sock_fd.
M. Mohan Kumarf67e3ff2011-12-14 13:58:46 +05301438@item sock_fd
1439Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed 'sock_fd' as the socket
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001440descriptor for interfacing with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
Tobias Schrammb96feb22017-06-29 15:11:50 +02001441@item fmode=@var{fmode}
1442Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host. Works only
1443with security models "mapped-xattr" and "mapped-file".
1444@item dmode=@var{dmode}
1445Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the host. Works
1446only with security models "mapped-xattr" and "mapped-file".
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001447@item mount_tag=@var{mount_tag}
1448Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this export point.
Antonios Motakis1a6ed332019-10-10 11:36:05 +02001449@item multidevs=@var{multidevs}
1450Specifies how to deal with multiple devices being shared with a 9p export.
1451Supported behaviours are either "remap", "forbid" or "warn". The latter is
1452the default behaviour on which virtfs 9p expects only one device to be
1453shared with the same export, and if more than one device is shared and
1454accessed via the same 9p export then only a warning message is logged
1455(once) by qemu on host side. In order to avoid file ID collisions on guest
1456you should either create a separate virtfs export for each device to be
1457shared with guests (recommended way) or you might use "remap" instead which
1458allows you to share multiple devices with only one export instead, which is
1459achieved by remapping the original inode numbers from host to guest in a
1460way that would prevent such collisions. Remapping inodes in such use cases
1461is required because the original device IDs from host are never passed and
1462exposed on guest. Instead all files of an export shared with virtfs always
1463share the same device id on guest. So two files with identical inode
1464numbers but from actually different devices on host would otherwise cause a
1465file ID collision and hence potential misbehaviours on guest. "forbid" on
1466the other hand assumes like "warn" that only one device is shared by the
1467same export, however it will not only log a warning message but also
1468deny access to additional devices on guest. Note though that "forbid" does
1469currently not block all possible file access operations (e.g. readdir()
1470would still return entries from other devices).
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301471@end table
1472ETEXI
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301473
Markus Armbruster61d70482017-10-02 16:03:03 +02001474DEF("iscsi", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_iscsi,
1475 "-iscsi [user=user][,password=password]\n"
1476 " [,header-digest=CRC32C|CR32C-NONE|NONE-CRC32C|NONE\n"
1477 " [,initiator-name=initiator-iqn][,id=target-iqn]\n"
1478 " [,timeout=timeout]\n"
1479 " iSCSI session parameters\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1480
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001481STEXI
Markus Armbruster44743142017-10-02 16:03:04 +02001482@item -iscsi
1483@findex -iscsi
1484Configure iSCSI session parameters.
1485ETEXI
1486
1487STEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001488@end table
1489ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001490DEFHEADING()
1491
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001492DEFHEADING(USB options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001493STEXI
1494@table @option
1495ETEXI
1496
1497DEF("usb", 0, QEMU_OPTION_usb,
Stefan Hajnoczi73f46fe2019-08-15 15:14:28 +01001498 "-usb enable on-board USB host controller (if not enabled by default)\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001499 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1500STEXI
1501@item -usb
1502@findex -usb
Stefan Hajnoczi73f46fe2019-08-15 15:14:28 +01001503Enable USB emulation on machine types with an on-board USB host controller (if
1504not enabled by default). Note that on-board USB host controllers may not
1505support USB 3.0. In this case @option{-device qemu-xhci} can be used instead
1506on machines with PCI.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001507ETEXI
1508
1509DEF("usbdevice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_usbdevice,
1510 "-usbdevice name add the host or guest USB device 'name'\n",
1511 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1512STEXI
1513
1514@item -usbdevice @var{devname}
1515@findex -usbdevice
Thomas Hutha358a3a2017-05-19 08:35:16 +02001516Add the USB device @var{devname}. Note that this option is deprecated,
1517please use @code{-device usb-...} instead. @xref{usb_devices}.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001518
1519@table @option
1520
1521@item mouse
1522Virtual Mouse. This will override the PS/2 mouse emulation when activated.
1523
1524@item tablet
1525Pointer device that uses absolute coordinates (like a touchscreen). This
1526means QEMU is able to report the mouse position without having to grab the
1527mouse. Also overrides the PS/2 mouse emulation when activated.
1528
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001529@item braille
1530Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille output on a real
1531or fake device.
1532
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001533@end table
1534ETEXI
1535
1536STEXI
1537@end table
1538ETEXI
1539DEFHEADING()
1540
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001541DEFHEADING(Display options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001542STEXI
1543@table @option
1544ETEXI
1545
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001546DEF("display", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_display,
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001547#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Marc-André Lureaud8aec9d2019-02-21 12:07:03 +01001548 "-display spice-app[,gl=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001549#endif
1550#if defined(CONFIG_SDL)
1551 "-display sdl[,alt_grab=on|off][,ctrl_grab=on|off]\n"
Elie Tournier4867e472018-04-13 14:58:42 +01001552 " [,window_close=on|off][,gl=on|core|es|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001553#endif
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001554#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001555 "-display gtk[,grab_on_hover=on|off][,gl=on|off]|\n"
1556#endif
1557#if defined(CONFIG_VNC)
1558 "-display vnc=<display>[,<optargs>]\n"
1559#endif
1560#if defined(CONFIG_CURSES)
1561 "-display curses[,charset=<encoding>]\n"
1562#endif
1563#if defined(CONFIG_OPENGL)
1564 "-display egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]\n"
1565#endif
1566 "-display none\n"
1567 " select display backend type\n"
1568 " The default display is equivalent to\n "
1569#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
1570 "\"-display gtk\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001571#elif defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001572 "\"-display sdl\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001573#elif defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001574 "\"-display cocoa\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001575#elif defined(CONFIG_VNC)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001576 "\"-vnc localhost:0,to=99,id=default\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001577#else
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001578 "\"-display none\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001579#endif
1580 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001581STEXI
1582@item -display @var{type}
1583@findex -display
1584Select type of display to use. This option is a replacement for the
1585old style -sdl/-curses/... options. Valid values for @var{type} are
1586@table @option
1587@item sdl
1588Display video output via SDL (usually in a separate graphics
1589window; see the SDL documentation for other possibilities).
1590@item curses
1591Display video output via curses. For graphics device models which
1592support a text mode, QEMU can display this output using a
1593curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed when the graphics
1594device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device does not support
1595a text mode. Generally only the VGA device models support text mode.
Samuel Thibault2f8b7cd2019-03-11 14:51:27 +01001596The font charset used by the guest can be specified with the
1597@code{charset} option, for example @code{charset=CP850} for IBM CP850
1598encoding. The default is @code{CP437}.
Jes Sorensen4171d322011-03-16 13:33:32 +01001599@item none
1600Do not display video output. The guest will still see an emulated
1601graphics card, but its output will not be displayed to the QEMU
1602user. This option differs from the -nographic option in that it
1603only affects what is done with video output; -nographic also changes
1604the destination of the serial and parallel port data.
Jan Kiszka881249c2014-03-12 08:33:50 +01001605@item gtk
1606Display video output in a GTK window. This interface provides drop-down
1607menus and other UI elements to configure and control the VM during
1608runtime.
Jes Sorensen3264ff12011-03-16 13:33:33 +01001609@item vnc
1610Start a VNC server on display <arg>
Erik Skultety144aaa92018-11-16 11:14:44 +01001611@item egl-headless
1612Offload all OpenGL operations to a local DRI device. For any graphical display,
1613this display needs to be paired with either VNC or SPICE displays.
Marc-André Lureaud8aec9d2019-02-21 12:07:03 +01001614@item spice-app
1615Start QEMU as a Spice server and launch the default Spice client
1616application. The Spice server will redirect the serial consoles and
1617QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0)
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001618@end table
1619ETEXI
1620
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001621DEF("nographic", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nographic,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001622 "-nographic disable graphical output and redirect serial I/Os to console\n",
1623 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001624STEXI
1625@item -nographic
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001626@findex -nographic
Colin Lorddc0a3e42016-08-12 15:30:48 -04001627Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it displays
1628output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU monitor in a
1629window. With this option, you can totally disable graphical output so
1630that QEMU is a simple command line application. The emulated serial port
1631is redirected on the console and muxed with the monitor (unless
1632redirected elsewhere explicitly). Therefore, you can still use QEMU to
1633debug a Linux kernel with a serial console. Use @key{C-a h} for help on
1634switching between the console and monitor.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001635ETEXI
1636
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001637DEF("curses", 0, QEMU_OPTION_curses,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001638 "-curses shorthand for -display curses\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001639 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001640STEXI
1641@item -curses
Markus Armbrusterb8f490e2013-02-13 19:49:38 +01001642@findex -curses
Colin Lorddc0a3e42016-08-12 15:30:48 -04001643Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it displays
1644output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU monitor in a
1645window. With this option, QEMU can display the VGA output when in text
1646mode using a curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed in graphical
1647mode.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001648ETEXI
1649
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001650DEF("alt-grab", 0, QEMU_OPTION_alt_grab,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001651 "-alt-grab use Ctrl-Alt-Shift to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt)\n",
1652 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001653STEXI
1654@item -alt-grab
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001655@findex -alt-grab
Brad Hardsde1db2a2011-04-29 21:46:12 +10001656Use Ctrl-Alt-Shift to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt). Note that this also
1657affects the special keys (for fullscreen, monitor-mode switching, etc).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001658ETEXI
1659
Dustin Kirkland0ca9f8a2009-09-17 15:48:04 -05001660DEF("ctrl-grab", 0, QEMU_OPTION_ctrl_grab,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001661 "-ctrl-grab use Right-Ctrl to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt)\n",
1662 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Dustin Kirkland0ca9f8a2009-09-17 15:48:04 -05001663STEXI
1664@item -ctrl-grab
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001665@findex -ctrl-grab
Brad Hardsde1db2a2011-04-29 21:46:12 +10001666Use Right-Ctrl to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt). Note that this also
1667affects the special keys (for fullscreen, monitor-mode switching, etc).
Dustin Kirkland0ca9f8a2009-09-17 15:48:04 -05001668ETEXI
1669
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001670DEF("no-quit", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_quit,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001671 "-no-quit disable SDL window close capability\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001672STEXI
1673@item -no-quit
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001674@findex -no-quit
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001675Disable SDL window close capability.
1676ETEXI
1677
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001678DEF("sdl", 0, QEMU_OPTION_sdl,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001679 "-sdl shorthand for -display sdl\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001680STEXI
1681@item -sdl
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001682@findex -sdl
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001683Enable SDL.
1684ETEXI
1685
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001686DEF("spice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_spice,
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03001687 "-spice [port=port][,tls-port=secured-port][,x509-dir=<dir>]\n"
1688 " [,x509-key-file=<file>][,x509-key-password=<file>]\n"
1689 " [,x509-cert-file=<file>][,x509-cacert-file=<file>]\n"
Marc-André Lureaufe4831b2015-01-13 17:57:51 +01001690 " [,x509-dh-key-file=<file>][,addr=addr][,ipv4|ipv6|unix]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03001691 " [,tls-ciphers=<list>]\n"
1692 " [,tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
1693 " [,plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
1694 " [,sasl][,password=<secret>][,disable-ticketing]\n"
1695 " [,image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]]\n"
1696 " [,jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
1697 " [,zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
1698 " [,streaming-video=[off|all|filter]][,disable-copy-paste]\n"
Hans de Goede5ad24e52013-06-08 15:37:27 +02001699 " [,disable-agent-file-xfer][,agent-mouse=[on|off]]\n"
1700 " [,playback-compression=[on|off]][,seamless-migration=[on|off]]\n"
Marc-André Lureau7b525502017-02-12 15:21:18 +04001701 " [,gl=[on|off]][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03001702 " enable spice\n"
1703 " at least one of {port, tls-port} is mandatory\n",
1704 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001705STEXI
1706@item -spice @var{option}[,@var{option}[,...]]
1707@findex -spice
1708Enable the spice remote desktop protocol. Valid options are
1709
1710@table @option
1711
1712@item port=<nr>
Gerd Hoffmannc448e852010-03-11 11:13:32 -03001713Set the TCP port spice is listening on for plaintext channels.
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001714
Gerd Hoffmann333b0ee2010-08-27 14:29:16 +02001715@item addr=<addr>
1716Set the IP address spice is listening on. Default is any address.
1717
1718@item ipv4
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02001719@itemx ipv6
1720@itemx unix
Gerd Hoffmann333b0ee2010-08-27 14:29:16 +02001721Force using the specified IP version.
1722
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001723@item password=<secret>
1724Set the password you need to authenticate.
1725
Marc-André Lureau48b3ed02011-05-17 10:40:33 +02001726@item sasl
1727Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the spice.
1728The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled from the
1729system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu' service. This
1730is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an
1731unprivileged user, an environment variable SASL_CONF_PATH can be used
1732to make it search alternate locations for the service config.
1733While some SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI),
1734it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and
1735'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This
1736ensures a data encryption preventing compromise of authentication
1737credentials.
1738
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001739@item disable-ticketing
1740Allow client connects without authentication.
1741
Hans de Goeded4970b02011-03-27 16:43:54 +02001742@item disable-copy-paste
1743Disable copy paste between the client and the guest.
1744
Hans de Goede5ad24e52013-06-08 15:37:27 +02001745@item disable-agent-file-xfer
1746Disable spice-vdagent based file-xfer between the client and the guest.
1747
Gerd Hoffmannc448e852010-03-11 11:13:32 -03001748@item tls-port=<nr>
1749Set the TCP port spice is listening on for encrypted channels.
1750
1751@item x509-dir=<dir>
1752Set the x509 file directory. Expects same filenames as -vnc $display,x509=$dir
1753
1754@item x509-key-file=<file>
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02001755@itemx x509-key-password=<file>
1756@itemx x509-cert-file=<file>
1757@itemx x509-cacert-file=<file>
1758@itemx x509-dh-key-file=<file>
Gerd Hoffmannc448e852010-03-11 11:13:32 -03001759The x509 file names can also be configured individually.
1760
1761@item tls-ciphers=<list>
1762Specify which ciphers to use.
1763
Alon Levyd70d6b32011-12-20 13:05:18 +02001764@item tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02001765@itemx plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]
Gerd Hoffmann17b6dea2010-08-27 14:09:56 +02001766Force specific channel to be used with or without TLS encryption. The
1767options can be specified multiple times to configure multiple
1768channels. The special name "default" can be used to set the default
1769mode. For channels which are not explicitly forced into one mode the
1770spice client is allowed to pick tls/plaintext as he pleases.
1771
Yonit Halperin9f04e092010-07-14 13:26:34 +03001772@item image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]
1773Configure image compression (lossless).
1774Default is auto_glz.
1775
1776@item jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02001777@itemx zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]
Yonit Halperin9f04e092010-07-14 13:26:34 +03001778Configure wan image compression (lossy for slow links).
1779Default is auto.
1780
Gerd Hoffmann84a23f22010-08-30 16:36:53 +02001781@item streaming-video=[off|all|filter]
Li Zhijian93ca5192016-08-01 12:06:59 +08001782Configure video stream detection. Default is off.
Gerd Hoffmann84a23f22010-08-30 16:36:53 +02001783
1784@item agent-mouse=[on|off]
1785Enable/disable passing mouse events via vdagent. Default is on.
1786
1787@item playback-compression=[on|off]
1788Enable/disable audio stream compression (using celt 0.5.1). Default is on.
1789
Yonit Halperin8c957052012-08-21 11:51:59 +03001790@item seamless-migration=[on|off]
1791Enable/disable spice seamless migration. Default is off.
1792
Gerd Hoffmann474114b2015-10-13 15:39:34 +02001793@item gl=[on|off]
1794Enable/disable OpenGL context. Default is off.
1795
Marc-André Lureau7b525502017-02-12 15:21:18 +04001796@item rendernode=<file>
1797DRM render node for OpenGL rendering. If not specified, it will pick
1798the first available. (Since 2.9)
1799
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001800@end table
1801ETEXI
1802
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001803DEF("portrait", 0, QEMU_OPTION_portrait,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001804 "-portrait rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
1805 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001806STEXI
1807@item -portrait
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001808@findex -portrait
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001809Rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD).
1810ETEXI
1811
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03001812DEF("rotate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rotate,
1813 "-rotate <deg> rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
1814 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1815STEXI
Markus Armbruster6265c432013-02-13 19:49:39 +01001816@item -rotate @var{deg}
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03001817@findex -rotate
1818Rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD).
1819ETEXI
1820
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001821DEF("vga", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vga,
Gerd Hoffmanna94f0c52014-09-10 14:28:48 +02001822 "-vga [std|cirrus|vmware|qxl|xenfb|tcx|cg3|virtio|none]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001823 " select video card type\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001824STEXI
malce4558dc2012-08-27 18:33:21 +04001825@item -vga @var{type}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001826@findex -vga
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001827Select type of VGA card to emulate. Valid values for @var{type} are
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02001828@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001829@item cirrus
1830Cirrus Logic GD5446 Video card. All Windows versions starting from
1831Windows 95 should recognize and use this graphic card. For optimal
1832performances, use 16 bit color depth in the guest and the host OS.
Alberto Garcia41eeb0e2017-01-27 11:41:54 +02001833(This card was the default before QEMU 2.2)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001834@item std
1835Standard VGA card with Bochs VBE extensions. If your guest OS
1836supports the VESA 2.0 VBE extensions (e.g. Windows XP) and if you want
1837to use high resolution modes (>= 1280x1024x16) then you should use
Alberto Garcia41eeb0e2017-01-27 11:41:54 +02001838this option. (This card is the default since QEMU 2.2)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001839@item vmware
1840VMWare SVGA-II compatible adapter. Use it if you have sufficiently
1841recent XFree86/XOrg server or Windows guest with a driver for this
1842card.
Gerd Hoffmanna19cbfb2010-04-27 11:50:11 +02001843@item qxl
1844QXL paravirtual graphic card. It is VGA compatible (including VESA
18452.0 VBE support). Works best with qxl guest drivers installed though.
1846Recommended choice when using the spice protocol.
Mark Cave-Ayland33632782014-03-17 21:46:25 +00001847@item tcx
1848(sun4m only) Sun TCX framebuffer. This is the default framebuffer for
1849sun4m machines and offers both 8-bit and 24-bit colour depths at a
1850fixed resolution of 1024x768.
1851@item cg3
1852(sun4m only) Sun cgthree framebuffer. This is a simple 8-bit framebuffer
1853for sun4m machines available in both 1024x768 (OpenBIOS) and 1152x900 (OBP)
1854resolutions aimed at people wishing to run older Solaris versions.
Gerd Hoffmanna94f0c52014-09-10 14:28:48 +02001855@item virtio
1856Virtio VGA card.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001857@item none
1858Disable VGA card.
1859@end table
1860ETEXI
1861
1862DEF("full-screen", 0, QEMU_OPTION_full_screen,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001863 "-full-screen start in full screen\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001864STEXI
1865@item -full-screen
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001866@findex -full-screen
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001867Start in full screen.
1868ETEXI
1869
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001870DEF("g", 1, QEMU_OPTION_g ,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001871 "-g WxH[xDEPTH] Set the initial graphical resolution and depth\n",
Laurent Vivier8ac919a2019-10-26 18:45:43 +02001872 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC | QEMU_ARCH_M68K)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001873STEXI
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01001874@item -g @var{width}x@var{height}[x@var{depth}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001875@findex -g
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01001876Set the initial graphical resolution and depth (PPC, SPARC only).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001877ETEXI
1878
1879DEF("vnc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vnc ,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001880 "-vnc <display> shorthand for -display vnc=<display>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001881STEXI
1882@item -vnc @var{display}[,@var{option}[,@var{option}[,...]]]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001883@findex -vnc
Colin Lorddc0a3e42016-08-12 15:30:48 -04001884Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it displays
1885output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU monitor in a
1886window. With this option, you can have QEMU listen on VNC display
1887@var{display} and redirect the VGA display over the VNC session. It is
1888very useful to enable the usb tablet device when using this option
Thomas Hutha358a3a2017-05-19 08:35:16 +02001889(option @option{-device usb-tablet}). When using the VNC display, you
Colin Lorddc0a3e42016-08-12 15:30:48 -04001890must use the @option{-k} parameter to set the keyboard layout if you are
1891not using en-us. Valid syntax for the @var{display} is
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001892
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02001893@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001894
Robert Ho99a9a522016-05-31 15:03:09 +08001895@item to=@var{L}
1896
1897With this option, QEMU will try next available VNC @var{display}s, until the
1898number @var{L}, if the origianlly defined "-vnc @var{display}" is not
1899available, e.g. port 5900+@var{display} is already used by another
1900application. By default, to=0.
1901
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001902@item @var{host}:@var{d}
1903
1904TCP connections will only be allowed from @var{host} on display @var{d}.
1905By convention the TCP port is 5900+@var{d}. Optionally, @var{host} can
1906be omitted in which case the server will accept connections from any host.
1907
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001908@item unix:@var{path}
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001909
1910Connections will be allowed over UNIX domain sockets where @var{path} is the
1911location of a unix socket to listen for connections on.
1912
1913@item none
1914
1915VNC is initialized but not started. The monitor @code{change} command
1916can be used to later start the VNC server.
1917
1918@end table
1919
1920Following the @var{display} value there may be one or more @var{option} flags
1921separated by commas. Valid options are
1922
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02001923@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001924
1925@item reverse
1926
1927Connect to a listening VNC client via a ``reverse'' connection. The
1928client is specified by the @var{display}. For reverse network
1929connections (@var{host}:@var{d},@code{reverse}), the @var{d} argument
1930is a TCP port number, not a display number.
1931
Tim Hardeck7536ee42013-01-21 11:04:44 +01001932@item websocket
1933
1934Opens an additional TCP listening port dedicated to VNC Websocket connections.
Daniel P. Berrange275e0d62017-02-03 12:06:45 +00001935If a bare @var{websocket} option is given, the Websocket port is
19365700+@var{display}. An alternative port can be specified with the
1937syntax @code{websocket}=@var{port}.
1938
1939If @var{host} is specified connections will only be allowed from this host.
1940It is possible to control the websocket listen address independently, using
1941the syntax @code{websocket}=@var{host}:@var{port}.
1942
Daniel P. Berrange3e305e42015-08-06 14:39:32 +01001943If no TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection runs in
1944unencrypted mode. If TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection
1945requires encrypted client connections.
Tim Hardeck7536ee42013-01-21 11:04:44 +01001946
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001947@item password
1948
1949Require that password based authentication is used for client connections.
Michal Novotny86ee5bc2012-07-16 15:54:38 +02001950
1951The password must be set separately using the @code{set_password} command in
1952the @ref{pcsys_monitor}. The syntax to change your password is:
1953@code{set_password <protocol> <password>} where <protocol> could be either
1954"vnc" or "spice".
1955
1956If you would like to change <protocol> password expiration, you should use
1957@code{expire_password <protocol> <expiration-time>} where expiration time could
1958be one of the following options: now, never, +seconds or UNIX time of
1959expiration, e.g. +60 to make password expire in 60 seconds, or 1335196800
1960to make password expire on "Mon Apr 23 12:00:00 EDT 2012" (UNIX time for this
1961date and time).
1962
1963You can also use keywords "now" or "never" for the expiration time to
1964allow <protocol> password to expire immediately or never expire.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001965
Daniel P. Berrange3e305e42015-08-06 14:39:32 +01001966@item tls-creds=@var{ID}
1967
1968Provides the ID of a set of TLS credentials to use to secure the
1969VNC server. They will apply to both the normal VNC server socket
1970and the websocket socket (if enabled). Setting TLS credentials
1971will cause the VNC server socket to enable the VeNCrypt auth
1972mechanism. The credentials should have been previously created
1973using the @option{-object tls-creds} argument.
1974
Daniel P. Berrange55cf09a2019-02-27 14:57:54 +00001975@item tls-authz=@var{ID}
1976
1977Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
1978the client's x509 distinguished name will validated. This object is
1979only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the
1980fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default
1981to denying access.
1982
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001983@item sasl
1984
1985Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the VNC server.
1986The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled from the
1987system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu' service. This
1988is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an
1989unprivileged user, an environment variable SASL_CONF_PATH can be used
1990to make it search alternate locations for the service config.
1991While some SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI),
1992it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and
1993'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This
1994ensures a data encryption preventing compromise of authentication
1995credentials. See the @ref{vnc_security} section for details on using
1996SASL authentication.
1997
Daniel P. Berrange55cf09a2019-02-27 14:57:54 +00001998@item sasl-authz=@var{ID}
1999
2000Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2001the client's SASL username will validated. This object is
2002only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the
2003fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default
2004to denying access.
2005
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002006@item acl
2007
Daniel P. Berrange55cf09a2019-02-27 14:57:54 +00002008Legacy method for enabling authorization of clients against the
2009x509 distinguished name and SASL username. It results in the creation
2010of two @code{authz-list} objects with IDs of @code{vnc.username} and
2011@code{vnc.x509dname}. The rules for these objects must be configured
2012with the HMP ACL commands.
2013
2014This option is deprecated and should no longer be used. The new
2015@option{sasl-authz} and @option{tls-authz} options are a
2016replacement.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002017
Corentin Chary6f9c78c2010-07-07 20:57:51 +02002018@item lossy
2019
2020Enable lossy compression methods (gradient, JPEG, ...). If this
2021option is set, VNC client may receive lossy framebuffer updates
2022depending on its encoding settings. Enabling this option can save
2023a lot of bandwidth at the expense of quality.
2024
Corentin Chary80e0c8c2011-02-04 09:06:08 +01002025@item non-adaptive
2026
2027Disable adaptive encodings. Adaptive encodings are enabled by default.
2028An adaptive encoding will try to detect frequently updated screen regions,
2029and send updates in these regions using a lossy encoding (like JPEG).
Stefan Weil61cc8702011-04-13 22:45:22 +02002030This can be really helpful to save bandwidth when playing videos. Disabling
Michael Tokarev9d85d552014-04-07 13:34:58 +04002031adaptive encodings restores the original static behavior of encodings
Corentin Chary80e0c8c2011-02-04 09:06:08 +01002032like Tight.
2033
Gerd Hoffmann8cf36482011-11-24 18:10:49 +01002034@item share=[allow-exclusive|force-shared|ignore]
2035
2036Set display sharing policy. 'allow-exclusive' allows clients to ask
2037for exclusive access. As suggested by the rfb spec this is
2038implemented by dropping other connections. Connecting multiple
2039clients in parallel requires all clients asking for a shared session
2040(vncviewer: -shared switch). This is the default. 'force-shared'
2041disables exclusive client access. Useful for shared desktop sessions,
2042where you don't want someone forgetting specify -shared disconnect
2043everybody else. 'ignore' completely ignores the shared flag and
2044allows everybody connect unconditionally. Doesn't conform to the rfb
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02002045spec but is traditional QEMU behavior.
Gerd Hoffmann8cf36482011-11-24 18:10:49 +01002046
Gerd Hoffmannc5ce8332016-06-01 08:22:30 +02002047@item key-delay-ms
2048
2049Set keyboard delay, for key down and key up events, in milliseconds.
Alexander Grafd3b0db62017-07-12 14:43:45 +02002050Default is 10. Keyboards are low-bandwidth devices, so this slowdown
Gerd Hoffmannc5ce8332016-06-01 08:22:30 +02002051can help the device and guest to keep up and not lose events in case
2052events are arriving in bulk. Possible causes for the latter are flaky
2053network connections, or scripts for automated testing.
2054
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b9f362019-08-19 01:06:48 +02002055@item audiodev=@var{audiodev}
2056
2057Use the specified @var{audiodev} when the VNC client requests audio
2058transmission. When not using an -audiodev argument, this option must
2059be omitted, otherwise is must be present and specify a valid audiodev.
2060
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002061@end table
2062ETEXI
2063
2064STEXI
2065@end table
2066ETEXI
Michael Ellermana3adb7a2011-12-19 17:19:31 +11002067ARCHHEADING(, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002068
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002069ARCHHEADING(i386 target only:, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002070STEXI
2071@table @option
2072ETEXI
2073
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002074DEF("win2k-hack", 0, QEMU_OPTION_win2k_hack,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002075 "-win2k-hack use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug\n",
2076 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002077STEXI
2078@item -win2k-hack
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002079@findex -win2k-hack
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002080Use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug. After
2081Windows 2000 is installed, you no longer need this option (this option
2082slows down the IDE transfers).
2083ETEXI
2084
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002085DEF("no-fd-bootchk", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_fd_bootchk,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002086 "-no-fd-bootchk disable boot signature checking for floppy disks\n",
2087 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002088STEXI
2089@item -no-fd-bootchk
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002090@findex -no-fd-bootchk
Markus Armbruster4eda32f2013-06-14 13:15:06 +02002091Disable boot signature checking for floppy disks in BIOS. May
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002092be needed to boot from old floppy disks.
2093ETEXI
2094
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002095DEF("no-acpi", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_acpi,
Shannon Zhaof5d8c8c2015-05-29 11:28:54 +01002096 "-no-acpi disable ACPI\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002097STEXI
2098@item -no-acpi
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002099@findex -no-acpi
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002100Disable ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) support. Use
2101it if your guest OS complains about ACPI problems (PC target machine
2102only).
2103ETEXI
2104
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002105DEF("no-hpet", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_hpet,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002106 "-no-hpet disable HPET\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002107STEXI
2108@item -no-hpet
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002109@findex -no-hpet
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002110Disable HPET support.
2111ETEXI
2112
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002113DEF("acpitable", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_acpitable,
Michael Tokarev104bf022011-05-12 18:44:17 +04002114 "-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n][,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,{data|file}=file1[:file2]...]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002115 " ACPI table description\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002116STEXI
2117@item -acpitable [sig=@var{str}][,rev=@var{n}][,oem_id=@var{str}][,oem_table_id=@var{str}][,oem_rev=@var{n}] [,asl_compiler_id=@var{str}][,asl_compiler_rev=@var{n}][,data=@var{file1}[:@var{file2}]...]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002118@findex -acpitable
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002119Add ACPI table with specified header fields and context from specified files.
Michael Tokarev104bf022011-05-12 18:44:17 +04002120For file=, take whole ACPI table from the specified files, including all
2121ACPI headers (possible overridden by other options).
2122For data=, only data
2123portion of the table is used, all header information is specified in the
2124command line.
Laszlo Ersekae123742016-01-18 15:12:13 +01002125If a SLIC table is supplied to QEMU, then the SLIC's oem_id and oem_table_id
2126fields will override the same in the RSDT and the FADT (a.k.a. FACP), in order
2127to ensure the field matches required by the Microsoft SLIC spec and the ACPI
2128spec.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002129ETEXI
2130
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002131DEF("smbios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smbios,
2132 "-smbios file=binary\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002133 " load SMBIOS entry from binary file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002134 "-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]\n"
2135 " [,uefi=on|off]\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002136 " specify SMBIOS type 0 fields\n"
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002137 "-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2138 " [,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002139 " specify SMBIOS type 1 fields\n"
2140 "-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2141 " [,asset=str][,location=str]\n"
2142 " specify SMBIOS type 2 fields\n"
2143 "-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str]\n"
2144 " [,sku=str]\n"
2145 " specify SMBIOS type 3 fields\n"
2146 "-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2147 " [,asset=str][,part=str]\n"
2148 " specify SMBIOS type 4 fields\n"
2149 "-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo3ebd6cc2015-03-11 13:58:01 -04002150 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002151 " specify SMBIOS type 17 fields\n",
Wei Huangc30e1562015-09-07 10:39:29 +01002152 QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002153STEXI
2154@item -smbios file=@var{binary}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002155@findex -smbios
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002156Load SMBIOS entry from binary file.
2157
Gabriel L. Somlo84351842014-05-19 10:09:54 -04002158@item -smbios type=0[,vendor=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,date=@var{str}][,release=@var{%d.%d}][,uefi=on|off]
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002159Specify SMBIOS type 0 fields
2160
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002161@item -smbios type=1[,manufacturer=@var{str}][,product=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,uuid=@var{uuid}][,sku=@var{str}][,family=@var{str}]
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002162Specify SMBIOS type 1 fields
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002163
Igor Mammedov3fdbd1d2019-05-21 16:23:31 +02002164@item -smbios type=2[,manufacturer=@var{str}][,product=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,asset=@var{str}][,location=@var{str}]
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002165Specify SMBIOS type 2 fields
2166
2167@item -smbios type=3[,manufacturer=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,asset=@var{str}][,sku=@var{str}]
2168Specify SMBIOS type 3 fields
2169
2170@item -smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=@var{str}][,manufacturer=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,asset=@var{str}][,part=@var{str}]
2171Specify SMBIOS type 4 fields
2172
Gabriel L. Somlo3ebd6cc2015-03-11 13:58:01 -04002173@item -smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=@var{str}][,bank=@var{str}][,manufacturer=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,asset=@var{str}][,part=@var{str}][,speed=@var{%d}]
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002174Specify SMBIOS type 17 fields
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002175ETEXI
2176
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002177STEXI
2178@end table
2179ETEXI
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002180DEFHEADING()
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002181
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002182DEFHEADING(Network options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002183STEXI
2184@table @option
2185ETEXI
2186
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002187DEF("netdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_netdev,
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002188#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
Samuel Thibault0b11c032016-03-20 12:29:54 +01002189 "-netdev user,id=str[,ipv4[=on|off]][,net=addr[/mask]][,host=addr]\n"
2190 " [,ipv6[=on|off]][,ipv6-net=addr[/int]][,ipv6-host=addr]\n"
2191 " [,restrict=on|off][,hostname=host][,dhcpstart=addr]\n"
Benjamin Drungf18d1372018-02-27 17:06:01 +01002192 " [,dns=addr][,ipv6-dns=addr][,dnssearch=domain][,domainname=domain]\n"
Fam Zheng0fca92b2018-09-14 15:26:16 +08002193 " [,tftp=dir][,tftp-server-name=name][,bootfile=f][,hostfwd=rule][,guestfwd=rule]"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002194#ifndef _WIN32
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002195 "[,smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]]\n"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002196#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002197 " configure a user mode network backend with ID 'str',\n"
2198 " its DHCP server and optional services\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002199#endif
2200#ifdef _WIN32
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002201 "-netdev tap,id=str,ifname=name\n"
2202 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002203#else
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002204 "-netdev tap,id=str[,fd=h][,fds=x:y:...:z][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile]\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002205 " [,br=bridge][,helper=helper][,sndbuf=nbytes][,vnet_hdr=on|off][,vhost=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002206 " [,vhostfd=h][,vhostfds=x:y:...:z][,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002207 " [,poll-us=n]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002208 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002209 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002210 " use network scripts 'file' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_SCRIPT ")\n"
2211 " to configure it and 'dfile' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_DOWN_SCRIPT ")\n"
2212 " to deconfigure it\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002213 " use '[down]script=no' to disable script execution\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002214 " use network helper 'helper' (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ") to\n"
2215 " configure it\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002216 " use 'fd=h' to connect to an already opened TAP interface\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002217 " use 'fds=x:y:...:z' to connect to already opened multiqueue capable TAP interfaces\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002218 " use 'sndbuf=nbytes' to limit the size of the send buffer (the\n"
Michael S. Tsirkinf157ed22011-02-01 14:25:40 +02002219 " default is disabled 'sndbuf=0' to enable flow control set 'sndbuf=1048576')\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002220 " use vnet_hdr=off to avoid enabling the IFF_VNET_HDR tap flag\n"
2221 " use vnet_hdr=on to make the lack of IFF_VNET_HDR support an error condition\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002222 " use vhost=on to enable experimental in kernel accelerator\n"
mst@redhat.com5430a282011-02-01 22:13:42 +02002223 " (only has effect for virtio guests which use MSIX)\n"
2224 " use vhostforce=on to force vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002225 " use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost net device\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002226 " use 'vhostfds=x:y:...:z to connect to multiple already opened vhost net devices\n"
Jason Wangec396012013-02-22 22:57:52 +08002227 " use 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for multiqueue TAP\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002228 " use 'poll-us=n' to speciy the maximum number of microseconds that could be\n"
2229 " spent on busy polling for vhost net\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002230 "-netdev bridge,id=str[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]\n"
2231 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str' that is\n"
2232 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
2233 " using the program 'helper (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ")\n"
Mark McLoughlin0df0ff62009-06-18 18:21:34 +01002234#endif
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002235#ifdef __linux__
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002236 "-netdev l2tpv3,id=str,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport]\n"
2237 " [,rxsession=rxsession],txsession=txsession[,ipv6=on/off][,udp=on/off]\n"
2238 " [,cookie64=on/off][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie]\n"
2239 " [,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]\n"
2240 " configure a network backend with ID 'str' connected to\n"
2241 " an Ethernet over L2TPv3 pseudowire.\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002242 " Linux kernel 3.3+ as well as most routers can talk\n"
Michael Tokarev2f47b402014-07-24 20:10:17 +04002243 " L2TPv3. This transport allows connecting a VM to a VM,\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002244 " VM to a router and even VM to Host. It is a nearly-universal\n"
2245 " standard (RFC3391). Note - this implementation uses static\n"
2246 " pre-configured tunnels (same as the Linux kernel).\n"
2247 " use 'src=' to specify source address\n"
2248 " use 'dst=' to specify destination address\n"
2249 " use 'udp=on' to specify udp encapsulation\n"
Gonglei39526512014-08-14 14:35:48 +08002250 " use 'srcport=' to specify source udp port\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002251 " use 'dstport=' to specify destination udp port\n"
2252 " use 'ipv6=on' to force v6\n"
2253 " L2TPv3 uses cookies to prevent misconfiguration as\n"
2254 " well as a weak security measure\n"
2255 " use 'rxcookie=0x012345678' to specify a rxcookie\n"
2256 " use 'txcookie=0x012345678' to specify a txcookie\n"
2257 " use 'cookie64=on' to set cookie size to 64 bit, otherwise 32\n"
2258 " use 'counter=off' to force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter\n"
2259 " use 'pincounter=on' to work around broken counter handling in peer\n"
2260 " use 'offset=X' to add an extra offset between header and data\n"
2261#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002262 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]\n"
2263 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2264 " using a socket connection\n"
2265 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]\n"
2266 " configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n"
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002267 " use 'localaddr=addr' to specify the host address to send packets from\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002268 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,udp=host:port][,localaddr=host:port]\n"
2269 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2270 " using an UDP tunnel\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002271#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002272 "-netdev vde,id=str[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]\n"
2273 " configure a network backend to connect to port 'n' of a vde switch\n"
2274 " running on host and listening for incoming connections on 'socketpath'.\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002275 " Use group 'groupname' and mode 'octalmode' to change default\n"
2276 " ownership and permissions for communication port.\n"
2277#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002278#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002279 "-netdev netmap,id=str,ifname=name[,devname=nmname]\n"
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002280 " attach to the existing netmap-enabled network interface 'name', or to a\n"
2281 " VALE port (created on the fly) called 'name' ('nmname' is name of the \n"
2282 " netmap device, defaults to '/dev/netmap')\n"
2283#endif
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002284#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002285 "-netdev vhost-user,id=str,chardev=dev[,vhostforce=on|off]\n"
2286 " configure a vhost-user network, backed by a chardev 'dev'\n"
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002287#endif
Thomas Huth18d65d22018-01-15 20:50:55 +01002288 "-netdev hubport,id=str,hubid=n[,netdev=nd]\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002289 " configure a hub port on the hub with ID 'n'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002290DEF("nic", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_nic,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002291 "-nic [tap|bridge|"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002292#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2293 "user|"
2294#endif
2295#ifdef __linux__
2296 "l2tpv3|"
2297#endif
2298#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2299 "vde|"
2300#endif
2301#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2302 "netmap|"
2303#endif
2304#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
2305 "vhost-user|"
2306#endif
2307 "socket][,option][,...][mac=macaddr]\n"
2308 " initialize an on-board / default host NIC (using MAC address\n"
2309 " macaddr) and connect it to the given host network backend\n"
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002310 "-nic none use it alone to have zero network devices (the default is to\n"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002311 " provided a 'user' network connection)\n",
2312 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002313DEF("net", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_net,
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002314 "-net nic[,macaddr=mac][,model=type][,name=str][,addr=str][,vectors=v]\n"
Thomas Huth0e60a822017-12-19 16:28:55 +01002315 " configure or create an on-board (or machine default) NIC and\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002316 " connect it to hub 0 (please use -nic unless you need a hub)\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002317 "-net ["
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002318#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2319 "user|"
2320#endif
2321 "tap|"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002322 "bridge|"
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002323#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2324 "vde|"
2325#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002326#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2327 "netmap|"
2328#endif
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002329 "socket][,option][,option][,...]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002330 " old way to initialize a host network interface\n"
2331 " (use the -netdev option if possible instead)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002332STEXI
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002333@item -nic [tap|bridge|user|l2tpv3|vde|netmap|vhost-user|socket][,...][,mac=macaddr][,model=mn]
2334@findex -nic
2335This option is a shortcut for configuring both the on-board (default) guest
2336NIC hardware and the host network backend in one go. The host backend options
2337are the same as with the corresponding @option{-netdev} options below.
2338The guest NIC model can be set with @option{model=@var{modelname}}.
2339Use @option{model=help} to list the available device types.
2340The hardware MAC address can be set with @option{mac=@var{macaddr}}.
2341
2342The following two example do exactly the same, to show how @option{-nic} can
2343be used to shorten the command line length (note that the e1000 is the default
2344on i386, so the @option{model=e1000} parameter could even be omitted here, too):
2345@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002346@value{qemu_system} -netdev user,id=n1,ipv6=off -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
2347@value{qemu_system} -nic user,ipv6=off,model=e1000,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002348@end example
2349
2350@item -nic none
2351Indicate that no network devices should be configured. It is used to override
2352the default configuration (default NIC with ``user'' host network backend)
2353which is activated if no other networking options are provided.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002354
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002355@item -netdev user,id=@var{id}[,@var{option}][,@var{option}][,...]
Markus Armbrusterb8f490e2013-02-13 19:49:38 +01002356@findex -netdev
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002357Configure user mode host network backend which requires no administrator
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002358privilege to run. Valid options are:
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002359
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02002360@table @option
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002361@item id=@var{id}
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002362Assign symbolic name for use in monitor commands.
2363
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002364@item ipv4=on|off and ipv6=on|off
2365Specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be enabled. If neither is specified
2366both protocols are enabled.
Samuel Thibault0b11c032016-03-20 12:29:54 +01002367
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002368@item net=@var{addr}[/@var{mask}]
2369Set IP network address the guest will see. Optionally specify the netmask,
2370either in the form a.b.c.d or as number of valid top-most bits. Default is
Brad Hardsb0b36e52011-04-24 17:19:56 +1000237110.0.2.0/24.
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002372
2373@item host=@var{addr}
2374Specify the guest-visible address of the host. Default is the 2nd IP in the
2375guest network, i.e. x.x.x.2.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002376
Samuel Thibaultd8eb3862016-03-25 00:02:58 +01002377@item ipv6-net=@var{addr}[/@var{int}]
2378Set IPv6 network address the guest will see (default is fec0::/64). The
2379network prefix is given in the usual hexadecimal IPv6 address
2380notation. The prefix size is optional, and is given as the number of
2381valid top-most bits (default is 64).
Yann Bordenave7aac5312016-03-15 10:31:22 +01002382
Samuel Thibaultd8eb3862016-03-25 00:02:58 +01002383@item ipv6-host=@var{addr}
Yann Bordenave7aac5312016-03-15 10:31:22 +01002384Specify the guest-visible IPv6 address of the host. Default is the 2nd IPv6 in
2385the guest network, i.e. xxxx::2.
2386
Jan Kiszkac54ed5b2011-07-20 12:20:14 +02002387@item restrict=on|off
Brad Hardscaef55e2011-06-09 07:50:43 +10002388If this option is enabled, the guest will be isolated, i.e. it will not be
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002389able to contact the host and no guest IP packets will be routed over the host
Brad Hardscaef55e2011-06-09 07:50:43 +10002390to the outside. This option does not affect any explicitly set forwarding rules.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002391
2392@item hostname=@var{name}
Klaus Stengel63d29602012-10-27 19:53:39 +02002393Specifies the client hostname reported by the built-in DHCP server.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002394
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002395@item dhcpstart=@var{addr}
2396Specify the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can assign. Default
Brad Hardsb0b36e52011-04-24 17:19:56 +10002397is the 15th to 31st IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.15 to x.x.x.31.
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002398
2399@item dns=@var{addr}
2400Specify the guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver. The address must
2401be different from the host address. Default is the 3rd IP in the guest network,
2402i.e. x.x.x.3.
2403
Samuel Thibaultd8eb3862016-03-25 00:02:58 +01002404@item ipv6-dns=@var{addr}
Yann Bordenave7aac5312016-03-15 10:31:22 +01002405Specify the guest-visible address of the IPv6 virtual nameserver. The address
2406must be different from the host address. Default is the 3rd IP in the guest
2407network, i.e. xxxx::3.
2408
Klaus Stengel63d29602012-10-27 19:53:39 +02002409@item dnssearch=@var{domain}
2410Provides an entry for the domain-search list sent by the built-in
2411DHCP server. More than one domain suffix can be transmitted by specifying
2412this option multiple times. If supported, this will cause the guest to
2413automatically try to append the given domain suffix(es) in case a domain name
2414can not be resolved.
2415
2416Example:
2417@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002418@value{qemu_system} -nic user,dnssearch=mgmt.example.org,dnssearch=example.org
Klaus Stengel63d29602012-10-27 19:53:39 +02002419@end example
2420
Benjamin Drungf18d1372018-02-27 17:06:01 +01002421@item domainname=@var{domain}
2422Specifies the client domain name reported by the built-in DHCP server.
2423
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002424@item tftp=@var{dir}
2425When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in TFTP
2426server. The files in @var{dir} will be exposed as the root of a TFTP server.
2427The TFTP client on the guest must be configured in binary mode (use the command
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002428@code{bin} of the Unix TFTP client).
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002429
Fam Zheng0fca92b2018-09-14 15:26:16 +08002430@item tftp-server-name=@var{name}
2431In BOOTP reply, broadcast @var{name} as the "TFTP server name" (RFC2132 option
243266). This can be used to advise the guest to load boot files or configurations
2433from a different server than the host address.
2434
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002435@item bootfile=@var{file}
2436When using the user mode network stack, broadcast @var{file} as the BOOTP
2437filename. In conjunction with @option{tftp}, this can be used to network boot
2438a guest from a local directory.
2439
2440Example (using pxelinux):
2441@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002442@value{qemu_system} -hda linux.img -boot n -device e1000,netdev=n1 \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002443 -netdev user,id=n1,tftp=/path/to/tftp/files,bootfile=/pxelinux.0
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002444@end example
2445
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002446@item smb=@var{dir}[,smbserver=@var{addr}]
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002447When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in SMB
2448server so that Windows OSes can access to the host files in @file{@var{dir}}
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002449transparently. The IP address of the SMB server can be set to @var{addr}. By
2450default the 4th IP in the guest network is used, i.e. x.x.x.4.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002451
2452In the guest Windows OS, the line:
2453@example
245410.0.2.4 smbserver
2455@end example
2456must be added in the file @file{C:\WINDOWS\LMHOSTS} (for windows 9x/Me)
2457or @file{C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\LMHOSTS} (Windows NT/2000).
2458
2459Then @file{@var{dir}} can be accessed in @file{\\smbserver\qemu}.
2460
Brade2d88302011-09-02 16:53:28 -04002461Note that a SAMBA server must be installed on the host OS.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002462
Jan Kiszka3c6a0582009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002463@item hostfwd=[tcp|udp]:[@var{hostaddr}]:@var{hostport}-[@var{guestaddr}]:@var{guestport}
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002464Redirect incoming TCP or UDP connections to the host port @var{hostport} to
2465the guest IP address @var{guestaddr} on guest port @var{guestport}. If
2466@var{guestaddr} is not specified, its value is x.x.x.15 (default first address
Jan Kiszka3c6a0582009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002467given by the built-in DHCP server). By specifying @var{hostaddr}, the rule can
2468be bound to a specific host interface. If no connection type is set, TCP is
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002469used. This option can be given multiple times.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002470
2471For example, to redirect host X11 connection from screen 1 to guest
2472screen 0, use the following:
2473
2474@example
2475# on the host
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002476@value{qemu_system} -nic user,hostfwd=tcp:127.0.0.1:6001-:6000
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002477# this host xterm should open in the guest X11 server
2478xterm -display :1
2479@end example
2480
2481To redirect telnet connections from host port 5555 to telnet port on
2482the guest, use the following:
2483
2484@example
2485# on the host
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002486@value{qemu_system} -nic user,hostfwd=tcp::5555-:23
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002487telnet localhost 5555
2488@end example
2489
2490Then when you use on the host @code{telnet localhost 5555}, you
2491connect to the guest telnet server.
2492
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002493@item guestfwd=[tcp]:@var{server}:@var{port}-@var{dev}
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02002494@itemx guestfwd=[tcp]:@var{server}:@var{port}-@var{cmd:command}
Jan Kiszka3c6a0582009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002495Forward guest TCP connections to the IP address @var{server} on port @var{port}
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002496to the character device @var{dev} or to a program executed by @var{cmd:command}
2497which gets spawned for each connection. This option can be given multiple times.
2498
Stefan Weil43ffe612012-07-20 23:26:02 +02002499You can either use a chardev directly and have that one used throughout QEMU's
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002500lifetime, like in the following example:
2501
2502@example
2503# open 10.10.1.1:4321 on bootup, connect 10.0.2.100:1234 to it whenever
2504# the guest accesses it
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002505@value{qemu_system} -nic user,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-tcp:10.10.1.1:4321
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002506@end example
2507
2508Or you can execute a command on every TCP connection established by the guest,
Stefan Weil43ffe612012-07-20 23:26:02 +02002509so that QEMU behaves similar to an inetd process for that virtual server:
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002510
2511@example
2512# call "netcat 10.10.1.1 4321" on every TCP connection to 10.0.2.100:1234
2513# and connect the TCP stream to its stdin/stdout
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002514@value{qemu_system} -nic 'user,id=n1,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-cmd:netcat 10.10.1.1 4321'
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002515@end example
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002516
2517@end table
2518
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002519@item -netdev tap,id=@var{id}[,fd=@var{h}][,ifname=@var{name}][,script=@var{file}][,downscript=@var{dfile}][,br=@var{bridge}][,helper=@var{helper}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002520Configure a host TAP network backend with ID @var{id}.
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002521
2522Use the network script @var{file} to configure it and the network script
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002523@var{dfile} to deconfigure it. If @var{name} is not provided, the OS
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002524automatically provides one. The default network configure script is
2525@file{/etc/qemu-ifup} and the default network deconfigure script is
2526@file{/etc/qemu-ifdown}. Use @option{script=no} or @option{downscript=no}
2527to disable script execution.
2528
2529If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, use the network helper
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002530@var{helper} to configure the TAP interface and attach it to the bridge.
2531The default network helper executable is @file{/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper}
2532and the default bridge device is @file{br0}.
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002533
2534@option{fd}=@var{h} can be used to specify the handle of an already
2535opened host TAP interface.
2536
2537Examples:
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002538
2539@example
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002540#launch a QEMU instance with the default network script
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002541@value{qemu_system} linux.img -nic tap
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002542@end example
2543
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002544@example
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002545#launch a QEMU instance with two NICs, each one connected
2546#to a TAP device
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002547@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huth74f78b92018-01-15 08:40:17 +01002548 -netdev tap,id=nd0,ifname=tap0 -device e1000,netdev=nd0 \
2549 -netdev tap,id=nd1,ifname=tap1 -device rtl8139,netdev=nd1
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002550@end example
2551
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002552@example
2553#launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
2554#connect a TAP device to bridge br0
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002555@value{qemu_system} linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002556 -netdev tap,id=n1,"helper=/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002557@end example
2558
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002559@item -netdev bridge,id=@var{id}[,br=@var{bridge}][,helper=@var{helper}]
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002560Connect a host TAP network interface to a host bridge device.
2561
2562Use the network helper @var{helper} to configure the TAP interface and
2563attach it to the bridge. The default network helper executable is
Amos Kong420508f2013-10-23 04:49:28 +08002564@file{/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper} and the default bridge
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002565device is @file{br0}.
2566
2567Examples:
2568
2569@example
2570#launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
2571#connect a TAP device to bridge br0
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002572@value{qemu_system} linux.img -netdev bridge,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002573@end example
2574
2575@example
2576#launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
2577#connect a TAP device to bridge qemubr0
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002578@value{qemu_system} linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002579@end example
2580
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002581@item -netdev socket,id=@var{id}[,fd=@var{h}][,listen=[@var{host}]:@var{port}][,connect=@var{host}:@var{port}]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002582
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002583This host network backend can be used to connect the guest's network to
2584another QEMU virtual machine using a TCP socket connection. If @option{listen}
2585is specified, QEMU waits for incoming connections on @var{port}
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002586(@var{host} is optional). @option{connect} is used to connect to
2587another QEMU instance using the @option{listen} option. @option{fd}=@var{h}
2588specifies an already opened TCP socket.
2589
2590Example:
2591@example
2592# launch a first QEMU instance
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002593@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002594 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \
2595 -netdev socket,id=n1,listen=:1234
2596# connect the network of this instance to the network of the first instance
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002597@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002598 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \
2599 -netdev socket,id=n2,connect=127.0.0.1:1234
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002600@end example
2601
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002602@item -netdev socket,id=@var{id}[,fd=@var{h}][,mcast=@var{maddr}:@var{port}[,localaddr=@var{addr}]]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002603
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002604Configure a socket host network backend to share the guest's network traffic
2605with another QEMU virtual machines using a UDP multicast socket, effectively
2606making a bus for every QEMU with same multicast address @var{maddr} and @var{port}.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002607NOTES:
2608@enumerate
2609@item
2610Several QEMU can be running on different hosts and share same bus (assuming
2611correct multicast setup for these hosts).
2612@item
2613mcast support is compatible with User Mode Linux (argument @option{eth@var{N}=mcast}), see
2614@url{http://user-mode-linux.sf.net}.
2615@item
2616Use @option{fd=h} to specify an already opened UDP multicast socket.
2617@end enumerate
2618
2619Example:
2620@example
2621# launch one QEMU instance
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002622@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002623 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \
2624 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002625# launch another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002626@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002627 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \
2628 -netdev socket,id=n2,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002629# launch yet another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002630@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huth37a44422018-08-13 13:51:44 +02002631 -device e1000,netdev=n3,mac=52:54:00:12:34:58 \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002632 -netdev socket,id=n3,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002633@end example
2634
2635Example (User Mode Linux compat.):
2636@example
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002637# launch QEMU instance (note mcast address selected is UML's default)
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002638@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002639 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \
2640 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002641# launch UML
2642/path/to/linux ubd0=/path/to/root_fs eth0=mcast
2643@end example
2644
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002645Example (send packets from host's 1.2.3.4):
2646@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002647@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002648 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \
2649 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102,localaddr=1.2.3.4
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002650@end example
2651
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002652@item -netdev l2tpv3,id=@var{id},src=@var{srcaddr},dst=@var{dstaddr}[,srcport=@var{srcport}][,dstport=@var{dstport}],txsession=@var{txsession}[,rxsession=@var{rxsession}][,ipv6][,udp][,cookie64][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=@var{txcookie}][,rxcookie=@var{rxcookie}][,offset=@var{offset}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002653Configure a L2TPv3 pseudowire host network backend. L2TPv3 (RFC3391) is a
2654popular protocol to transport Ethernet (and other Layer 2) data frames between
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002655two systems. It is present in routers, firewalls and the Linux kernel
2656(from version 3.3 onwards).
2657
2658This transport allows a VM to communicate to another VM, router or firewall directly.
2659
Markus Armbruster1e9a7372017-10-02 16:03:01 +02002660@table @option
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002661@item src=@var{srcaddr}
2662 source address (mandatory)
2663@item dst=@var{dstaddr}
2664 destination address (mandatory)
2665@item udp
2666 select udp encapsulation (default is ip).
2667@item srcport=@var{srcport}
2668 source udp port.
2669@item dstport=@var{dstport}
2670 destination udp port.
2671@item ipv6
2672 force v6, otherwise defaults to v4.
2673@item rxcookie=@var{rxcookie}
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02002674@itemx txcookie=@var{txcookie}
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002675 Cookies are a weak form of security in the l2tpv3 specification.
2676Their function is mostly to prevent misconfiguration. By default they are 32
2677bit.
2678@item cookie64
2679 Set cookie size to 64 bit instead of the default 32
2680@item counter=off
2681 Force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter as in
2682draft-mkonstan-l2tpext-keyed-ipv6-tunnel-00
2683@item pincounter=on
2684 Work around broken counter handling in peer. This may also help on
2685networks which have packet reorder.
2686@item offset=@var{offset}
2687 Add an extra offset between header and data
Markus Armbruster1e9a7372017-10-02 16:03:01 +02002688@end table
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002689
2690For example, to attach a VM running on host 4.3.2.1 via L2TPv3 to the bridge br-lan
2691on the remote Linux host 1.2.3.4:
2692@example
2693# Setup tunnel on linux host using raw ip as encapsulation
2694# on 1.2.3.4
2695ip l2tp add tunnel remote 4.3.2.1 local 1.2.3.4 tunnel_id 1 peer_tunnel_id 1 \
2696 encap udp udp_sport 16384 udp_dport 16384
2697ip l2tp add session tunnel_id 1 name vmtunnel0 session_id \
2698 0xFFFFFFFF peer_session_id 0xFFFFFFFF
2699ifconfig vmtunnel0 mtu 1500
2700ifconfig vmtunnel0 up
2701brctl addif br-lan vmtunnel0
2702
2703
2704# on 4.3.2.1
2705# launch QEMU instance - if your network has reorder or is very lossy add ,pincounter
2706
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002707@value{qemu_system} linux.img -device e1000,netdev=n1 \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002708 -netdev l2tpv3,id=n1,src=4.2.3.1,dst=1.2.3.4,udp,srcport=16384,dstport=16384,rxsession=0xffffffff,txsession=0xffffffff,counter
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002709
2710@end example
2711
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002712@item -netdev vde,id=@var{id}[,sock=@var{socketpath}][,port=@var{n}][,group=@var{groupname}][,mode=@var{octalmode}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002713Configure VDE backend to connect to PORT @var{n} of a vde switch running on host and
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002714listening for incoming connections on @var{socketpath}. Use GROUP @var{groupname}
2715and MODE @var{octalmode} to change default ownership and permissions for
Stefan Weilc1ba4e02011-09-05 18:13:03 +02002716communication port. This option is only available if QEMU has been compiled
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002717with vde support enabled.
2718
2719Example:
2720@example
2721# launch vde switch
2722vde_switch -F -sock /tmp/myswitch
2723# launch QEMU instance
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002724@value{qemu_system} linux.img -nic vde,sock=/tmp/myswitch
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002725@end example
2726
Changchun Ouyangb931bfb2015-09-23 12:20:00 +08002727@item -netdev vhost-user,chardev=@var{id}[,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]
Nikolay Nikolaev03ce5742014-06-10 13:02:16 +03002728
2729Establish a vhost-user netdev, backed by a chardev @var{id}. The chardev should
2730be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses a specifically defined
2731protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement messages to an application on the other
2732end of the socket. On non-MSIX guests, the feature can be forced with
Changchun Ouyangb931bfb2015-09-23 12:20:00 +08002733@var{vhostforce}. Use 'queues=@var{n}' to specify the number of queues to
2734be created for multiqueue vhost-user.
Nikolay Nikolaev03ce5742014-06-10 13:02:16 +03002735
2736Example:
2737@example
2738qemu -m 512 -object memory-backend-file,id=mem,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,share=on \
2739 -numa node,memdev=mem \
Vincenzo Maffione79cad2f2017-02-20 17:45:09 +01002740 -chardev socket,id=chr0,path=/path/to/socket \
Nikolay Nikolaev03ce5742014-06-10 13:02:16 +03002741 -netdev type=vhost-user,id=net0,chardev=chr0 \
2742 -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=net0
2743@end example
2744
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002745@item -netdev hubport,id=@var{id},hubid=@var{hubid}[,netdev=@var{nd}]
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002746
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002747Create a hub port on the emulated hub with ID @var{hubid}.
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002748
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002749The hubport netdev lets you connect a NIC to a QEMU emulated hub instead of a
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002750single netdev. Alternatively, you can also connect the hubport to another
2751netdev with ID @var{nd} by using the @option{netdev=@var{nd}} option.
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002752
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002753@item -net nic[,netdev=@var{nd}][,macaddr=@var{mac}][,model=@var{type}] [,name=@var{name}][,addr=@var{addr}][,vectors=@var{v}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002754@findex -net
2755Legacy option to configure or create an on-board (or machine default) Network
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002756Interface Card(NIC) and connect it either to the emulated hub with ID 0 (i.e.
2757the default hub), or to the netdev @var{nd}.
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002758The NIC is an e1000 by default on the PC target. Optionally, the MAC address
2759can be changed to @var{mac}, the device address set to @var{addr} (PCI cards
2760only), and a @var{name} can be assigned for use in monitor commands.
2761Optionally, for PCI cards, you can specify the number @var{v} of MSI-X vectors
2762that the card should have; this option currently only affects virtio cards; set
2763@var{v} = 0 to disable MSI-X. If no @option{-net} option is specified, a single
2764NIC is created. QEMU can emulate several different models of network card.
2765Use @code{-net nic,model=help} for a list of available devices for your target.
2766
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002767@item -net user|tap|bridge|socket|l2tpv3|vde[,...][,name=@var{name}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002768Configure a host network backend (with the options corresponding to the same
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002769@option{-netdev} option) and connect it to the emulated hub 0 (the default
2770hub). Use @var{name} to specify the name of the hub port.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002771ETEXI
2772
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002773STEXI
2774@end table
2775ETEXI
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002776DEFHEADING()
2777
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002778DEFHEADING(Character device options:)
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002779
2780DEF("chardev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chardev,
Lin Ma517b3d42016-08-17 01:13:52 +08002781 "-chardev help\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002782 "-chardev null,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05002783 "-chardev socket,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,to=to][,ipv4][,ipv6][,nodelay][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
Julia Suvorova981b06e2018-10-19 01:35:00 +03002784 " [,server][,nowait][,telnet][,websocket][,reconnect=seconds][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00002785 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,tls-creds=ID][,tls-authz=ID] (tcp)\n"
Julia Suvorova981b06e2018-10-19 01:35:00 +03002786 "-chardev socket,id=id,path=path[,server][,nowait][,telnet][,websocket][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002787 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off] (unix)\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002788 "-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr]\n"
Jan Kiszka97331282010-04-06 16:55:54 +02002789 " [,localport=localport][,ipv4][,ipv6][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002790 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2791 "-chardev msmouse,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002792 "-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002793 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2794 "-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2795 "-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2796 "-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002797#ifdef _WIN32
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002798 "-chardev console,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2799 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002800#else
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002801 "-chardev pty,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2802 "-chardev stdio,id=id[,mux=on|off][,signal=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002803#endif
2804#ifdef CONFIG_BRLAPI
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002805 "-chardev braille,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002806#endif
2807#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__sun__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) \
2808 || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002809 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2810 "-chardev tty,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002811#endif
2812#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002813 "-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2814 "-chardev parport,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002815#endif
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02002816#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002817 "-chardev spicevmc,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2818 "-chardev spiceport,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02002819#endif
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002820 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002821)
2822
2823STEXI
Markus Armbrusterdddba062017-10-02 16:03:06 +02002824
2825The general form of a character device option is:
2826@table @option
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002827@item -chardev @var{backend},id=@var{id}[,mux=on|off][,@var{options}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002828@findex -chardev
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002829Backend is one of:
2830@option{null},
2831@option{socket},
2832@option{udp},
2833@option{msmouse},
2834@option{vc},
Markus Armbruster4f573782013-07-26 16:44:32 +02002835@option{ringbuf},
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002836@option{file},
2837@option{pipe},
2838@option{console},
2839@option{serial},
2840@option{pty},
2841@option{stdio},
2842@option{braille},
2843@option{tty},
Gerd Hoffmann88a946d2013-01-10 14:20:58 +01002844@option{parallel},
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02002845@option{parport},
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002846@option{spicevmc},
Marc-André Lureau5a49d3e2012-12-05 16:15:34 +01002847@option{spiceport}.
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002848The specific backend will determine the applicable options.
2849
Markus Armbrusterdddba062017-10-02 16:03:06 +02002850Use @code{-chardev help} to print all available chardev backend types.
Lin Ma517b3d42016-08-17 01:13:52 +08002851
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002852All devices must have an id, which can be any string up to 127 characters long.
2853It is used to uniquely identify this device in other command line directives.
2854
Jan Kiszka97331282010-04-06 16:55:54 +02002855A character device may be used in multiplexing mode by multiple front-ends.
Peter Maydella40db1b2016-02-16 17:28:58 +00002856Specify @option{mux=on} to enable this mode.
2857A multiplexer is a "1:N" device, and here the "1" end is your specified chardev
2858backend, and the "N" end is the various parts of QEMU that can talk to a chardev.
2859If you create a chardev with @option{id=myid} and @option{mux=on}, QEMU will
2860create a multiplexer with your specified ID, and you can then configure multiple
2861front ends to use that chardev ID for their input/output. Up to four different
2862front ends can be connected to a single multiplexed chardev. (Without
2863multiplexing enabled, a chardev can only be used by a single front end.)
2864For instance you could use this to allow a single stdio chardev to be used by
2865two serial ports and the QEMU monitor:
2866
2867@example
2868-chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
Marc-André Lureaubdbcb542016-10-11 21:41:21 +04002869-mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
Peter Maydella40db1b2016-02-16 17:28:58 +00002870-serial chardev:char0 \
2871-serial chardev:char0
2872@end example
2873
2874You can have more than one multiplexer in a system configuration; for instance
2875you could have a TCP port multiplexed between UART 0 and UART 1, and stdio
2876multiplexed between the QEMU monitor and a parallel port:
2877
2878@example
2879-chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
Marc-André Lureaubdbcb542016-10-11 21:41:21 +04002880-mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
Peter Maydella40db1b2016-02-16 17:28:58 +00002881-parallel chardev:char0 \
2882-chardev tcp,...,mux=on,id=char1 \
2883-serial chardev:char1 \
2884-serial chardev:char1
2885@end example
2886
2887When you're using a multiplexed character device, some escape sequences are
2888interpreted in the input. @xref{mux_keys, Keys in the character backend
2889multiplexer}.
2890
2891Note that some other command line options may implicitly create multiplexed
2892character backends; for instance @option{-serial mon:stdio} creates a
2893multiplexed stdio backend connected to the serial port and the QEMU monitor,
2894and @option{-nographic} also multiplexes the console and the monitor to
2895stdio.
2896
2897There is currently no support for multiplexing in the other direction
2898(where a single QEMU front end takes input and output from multiple chardevs).
Jan Kiszka97331282010-04-06 16:55:54 +02002899
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002900Every backend supports the @option{logfile} option, which supplies the path
2901to a file to record all data transmitted via the backend. The @option{logappend}
2902option controls whether the log file will be truncated or appended to when
2903opened.
2904
Markus Armbrusterdddba062017-10-02 16:03:06 +02002905@end table
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002906
Markus Armbrusterdddba062017-10-02 16:03:06 +02002907The available backends are:
2908
2909@table @option
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002910@item -chardev null,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002911A void device. This device will not emit any data, and will drop any data it
2912receives. The null backend does not take any options.
2913
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00002914@item -chardev socket,id=@var{id}[,@var{TCP options} or @var{unix options}][,server][,nowait][,telnet][,websocket][,reconnect=@var{seconds}][,tls-creds=@var{id}][,tls-authz=@var{id}]
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002915
2916Create a two-way stream socket, which can be either a TCP or a unix socket. A
2917unix socket will be created if @option{path} is specified. Behaviour is
2918undefined if TCP options are specified for a unix socket.
2919
2920@option{server} specifies that the socket shall be a listening socket.
2921
2922@option{nowait} specifies that QEMU should not block waiting for a client to
2923connect to a listening socket.
2924
2925@option{telnet} specifies that traffic on the socket should interpret telnet
2926escape sequences.
2927
Julia Suvorova981b06e2018-10-19 01:35:00 +03002928@option{websocket} specifies that the socket uses WebSocket protocol for
2929communication.
2930
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05002931@option{reconnect} sets the timeout for reconnecting on non-server sockets when
2932the remote end goes away. qemu will delay this many seconds and then attempt
2933to reconnect. Zero disables reconnecting, and is the default.
2934
Daniel P. Berrangea8fb5422016-01-19 11:14:31 +00002935@option{tls-creds} requests enablement of the TLS protocol for encryption,
2936and specifies the id of the TLS credentials to use for the handshake. The
2937credentials must be previously created with the @option{-object tls-creds}
2938argument.
2939
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00002940@option{tls-auth} provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against
2941which the client's x509 distinguished name will be validated. This object is
2942only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the fly
2943while the chardev server is active. If missing, it will default to denying
2944access.
2945
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002946TCP and unix socket options are given below:
2947
2948@table @option
2949
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002950@item TCP options: port=@var{port}[,host=@var{host}][,to=@var{to}][,ipv4][,ipv6][,nodelay]
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002951
2952@option{host} for a listening socket specifies the local address to be bound.
2953For a connecting socket species the remote host to connect to. @option{host} is
2954optional for listening sockets. If not specified it defaults to @code{0.0.0.0}.
2955
2956@option{port} for a listening socket specifies the local port to be bound. For a
2957connecting socket specifies the port on the remote host to connect to.
2958@option{port} can be given as either a port number or a service name.
2959@option{port} is required.
2960
2961@option{to} is only relevant to listening sockets. If it is specified, and
2962@option{port} cannot be bound, QEMU will attempt to bind to subsequent ports up
2963to and including @option{to} until it succeeds. @option{to} must be specified
2964as a port number.
2965
2966@option{ipv4} and @option{ipv6} specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used.
2967If neither is specified the socket may use either protocol.
2968
2969@option{nodelay} disables the Nagle algorithm.
2970
2971@item unix options: path=@var{path}
2972
2973@option{path} specifies the local path of the unix socket. @option{path} is
2974required.
2975
2976@end table
2977
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002978@item -chardev udp,id=@var{id}[,host=@var{host}],port=@var{port}[,localaddr=@var{localaddr}][,localport=@var{localport}][,ipv4][,ipv6]
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002979
2980Sends all traffic from the guest to a remote host over UDP.
2981
2982@option{host} specifies the remote host to connect to. If not specified it
2983defaults to @code{localhost}.
2984
2985@option{port} specifies the port on the remote host to connect to. @option{port}
2986is required.
2987
2988@option{localaddr} specifies the local address to bind to. If not specified it
2989defaults to @code{0.0.0.0}.
2990
2991@option{localport} specifies the local port to bind to. If not specified any
2992available local port will be used.
2993
2994@option{ipv4} and @option{ipv6} specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used.
2995If neither is specified the device may use either protocol.
2996
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002997@item -chardev msmouse,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002998
2999Forward QEMU's emulated msmouse events to the guest. @option{msmouse} does not
3000take any options.
3001
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003002@item -chardev vc,id=@var{id}[[,width=@var{width}][,height=@var{height}]][[,cols=@var{cols}][,rows=@var{rows}]]
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003003
3004Connect to a QEMU text console. @option{vc} may optionally be given a specific
3005size.
3006
3007@option{width} and @option{height} specify the width and height respectively of
3008the console, in pixels.
3009
3010@option{cols} and @option{rows} specify that the console be sized to fit a text
3011console with the given dimensions.
3012
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003013@item -chardev ringbuf,id=@var{id}[,size=@var{size}]
Lei Li51767e72013-01-25 00:03:19 +08003014
Markus Armbruster3949e592013-02-06 21:27:24 +01003015Create a ring buffer with fixed size @option{size}.
Stefan Hajnoczie69f7d22016-09-19 11:56:26 +01003016@var{size} must be a power of two and defaults to @code{64K}.
Lei Li51767e72013-01-25 00:03:19 +08003017
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003018@item -chardev file,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003019
3020Log all traffic received from the guest to a file.
3021
3022@option{path} specifies the path of the file to be opened. This file will be
3023created if it does not already exist, and overwritten if it does. @option{path}
3024is required.
3025
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003026@item -chardev pipe,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003027
3028Create a two-way connection to the guest. The behaviour differs slightly between
3029Windows hosts and other hosts:
3030
3031On Windows, a single duplex pipe will be created at
3032@file{\\.pipe\@option{path}}.
3033
3034On other hosts, 2 pipes will be created called @file{@option{path}.in} and
3035@file{@option{path}.out}. Data written to @file{@option{path}.in} will be
3036received by the guest. Data written by the guest can be read from
3037@file{@option{path}.out}. QEMU will not create these fifos, and requires them to
3038be present.
3039
3040@option{path} forms part of the pipe path as described above. @option{path} is
3041required.
3042
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003043@item -chardev console,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003044
3045Send traffic from the guest to QEMU's standard output. @option{console} does not
3046take any options.
3047
3048@option{console} is only available on Windows hosts.
3049
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003050@item -chardev serial,id=@var{id},path=@option{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003051
3052Send traffic from the guest to a serial device on the host.
3053
Gerd Hoffmannd59044e2012-12-19 13:50:29 +01003054On Unix hosts serial will actually accept any tty device,
3055not only serial lines.
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003056
3057@option{path} specifies the name of the serial device to open.
3058
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003059@item -chardev pty,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003060
3061Create a new pseudo-terminal on the host and connect to it. @option{pty} does
3062not take any options.
3063
3064@option{pty} is not available on Windows hosts.
3065
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003066@item -chardev stdio,id=@var{id}[,signal=on|off]
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003067Connect to standard input and standard output of the QEMU process.
Aurelien Jarnob7fdb3a2010-07-13 21:13:12 +02003068
3069@option{signal} controls if signals are enabled on the terminal, that includes
3070exiting QEMU with the key sequence @key{Control-c}. This option is enabled by
3071default, use @option{signal=off} to disable it.
3072
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003073@item -chardev braille,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003074
3075Connect to a local BrlAPI server. @option{braille} does not take any options.
3076
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003077@item -chardev tty,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003078
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003079@option{tty} is only available on Linux, Sun, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD and
Markus Armbrusterd037d6b2013-02-13 15:54:15 +01003080DragonFlyBSD hosts. It is an alias for @option{serial}.
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003081
3082@option{path} specifies the path to the tty. @option{path} is required.
3083
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003084@item -chardev parallel,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
3085@itemx -chardev parport,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003086
Gerd Hoffmann88a946d2013-01-10 14:20:58 +01003087@option{parallel} is only available on Linux, FreeBSD and DragonFlyBSD hosts.
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003088
3089Connect to a local parallel port.
3090
3091@option{path} specifies the path to the parallel port device. @option{path} is
3092required.
3093
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003094@item -chardev spicevmc,id=@var{id},debug=@var{debug},name=@var{name}
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003095
Stefan Hajnoczi3a846902011-10-06 11:24:12 +01003096@option{spicevmc} is only available when spice support is built in.
3097
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003098@option{debug} debug level for spicevmc
3099
3100@option{name} name of spice channel to connect to
3101
3102Connect to a spice virtual machine channel, such as vdiport.
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003103
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003104@item -chardev spiceport,id=@var{id},debug=@var{debug},name=@var{name}
Marc-André Lureau5a49d3e2012-12-05 16:15:34 +01003105
3106@option{spiceport} is only available when spice support is built in.
3107
3108@option{debug} debug level for spicevmc
3109
3110@option{name} name of spice port to connect to
3111
3112Connect to a spice port, allowing a Spice client to handle the traffic
3113identified by a name (preferably a fqdn).
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003114ETEXI
3115
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01003116STEXI
3117@end table
3118ETEXI
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003119DEFHEADING()
3120
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003121#ifdef CONFIG_TPM
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003122DEFHEADING(TPM device options:)
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003123
3124DEF("tpmdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tpmdev, \
Stefan Berger92dcc232013-02-27 12:47:54 -05003125 "-tpmdev passthrough,id=id[,path=path][,cancel-path=path]\n"
3126 " use path to provide path to a character device; default is /dev/tpm0\n"
3127 " use cancel-path to provide path to TPM's cancel sysfs entry; if\n"
Amarnath Vallurif4ede812017-09-29 14:10:20 +03003128 " not provided it will be searched for in /sys/class/misc/tpm?/device\n"
3129 "-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev\n"
3130 " configure the TPM device using chardev backend\n",
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003131 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3132STEXI
3133
3134The general form of a TPM device option is:
3135@table @option
3136
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003137@item -tpmdev @var{backend},id=@var{id}[,@var{options}]
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003138@findex -tpmdev
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003139
3140The specific backend type will determine the applicable options.
Corey Bryant28c4fa32013-03-20 12:34:49 -04003141The @code{-tpmdev} option creates the TPM backend and requires a
3142@code{-device} option that specifies the TPM frontend interface model.
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003143
Markus Armbruster2252aaf2017-10-02 16:03:05 +02003144Use @code{-tpmdev help} to print all available TPM backend types.
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003145
Markus Armbruster2252aaf2017-10-02 16:03:05 +02003146@end table
3147
3148The available backends are:
3149
3150@table @option
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003151
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003152@item -tpmdev passthrough,id=@var{id},path=@var{path},cancel-path=@var{cancel-path}
Stefan Berger4549a8b2013-02-27 12:47:53 -05003153
3154(Linux-host only) Enable access to the host's TPM using the passthrough
3155driver.
3156
3157@option{path} specifies the path to the host's TPM device, i.e., on
3158a Linux host this would be @code{/dev/tpm0}.
3159@option{path} is optional and by default @code{/dev/tpm0} is used.
3160
Stefan Berger92dcc232013-02-27 12:47:54 -05003161@option{cancel-path} specifies the path to the host TPM device's sysfs
3162entry allowing for cancellation of an ongoing TPM command.
3163@option{cancel-path} is optional and by default QEMU will search for the
3164sysfs entry to use.
3165
Stefan Berger4549a8b2013-02-27 12:47:53 -05003166Some notes about using the host's TPM with the passthrough driver:
3167
3168The TPM device accessed by the passthrough driver must not be
3169used by any other application on the host.
3170
3171Since the host's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) has already initialized the TPM,
3172the VM's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) will not be able to initialize the
3173TPM again and may therefore not show a TPM-specific menu that would
3174otherwise allow the user to configure the TPM, e.g., allow the user to
3175enable/disable or activate/deactivate the TPM.
3176Further, if TPM ownership is released from within a VM then the host's TPM
3177will get disabled and deactivated. To enable and activate the
3178TPM again afterwards, the host has to be rebooted and the user is
3179required to enter the firmware's menu to enable and activate the TPM.
3180If the TPM is left disabled and/or deactivated most TPM commands will fail.
3181
3182To create a passthrough TPM use the following two options:
3183@example
3184-tpmdev passthrough,id=tpm0 -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3185@end example
3186Note that the @code{-tpmdev} id is @code{tpm0} and is referenced by
3187@code{tpmdev=tpm0} in the device option.
3188
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003189@item -tpmdev emulator,id=@var{id},chardev=@var{dev}
Amarnath Vallurif4ede812017-09-29 14:10:20 +03003190
3191(Linux-host only) Enable access to a TPM emulator using Unix domain socket based
3192chardev backend.
3193
3194@option{chardev} specifies the unique ID of a character device backend that provides connection to the software TPM server.
3195
3196To create a TPM emulator backend device with chardev socket backend:
3197@example
3198
3199-chardev socket,id=chrtpm,path=/tmp/swtpm-sock -tpmdev emulator,id=tpm0,chardev=chrtpm -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3200
3201@end example
3202
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003203ETEXI
3204
Markus Armbruster2252aaf2017-10-02 16:03:05 +02003205STEXI
3206@end table
3207ETEXI
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003208DEFHEADING()
3209
3210#endif
3211
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003212DEFHEADING(Linux/Multiboot boot specific:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003213STEXI
Alexander Graf7677f052009-06-28 16:55:55 +02003214
3215When using these options, you can use a given Linux or Multiboot
3216kernel without installing it in the disk image. It can be useful
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003217for easier testing of various kernels.
3218
3219@table @option
3220ETEXI
3221
3222DEF("kernel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_kernel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003223 "-kernel bzImage use 'bzImage' as kernel image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003224STEXI
3225@item -kernel @var{bzImage}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003226@findex -kernel
Alexander Graf7677f052009-06-28 16:55:55 +02003227Use @var{bzImage} as kernel image. The kernel can be either a Linux kernel
3228or in multiboot format.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003229ETEXI
3230
3231DEF("append", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_append, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003232 "-append cmdline use 'cmdline' as kernel command line\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003233STEXI
3234@item -append @var{cmdline}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003235@findex -append
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003236Use @var{cmdline} as kernel command line
3237ETEXI
3238
3239DEF("initrd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_initrd, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003240 "-initrd file use 'file' as initial ram disk\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003241STEXI
3242@item -initrd @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003243@findex -initrd
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003244Use @var{file} as initial ram disk.
Alexander Graf7677f052009-06-28 16:55:55 +02003245
3246@item -initrd "@var{file1} arg=foo,@var{file2}"
3247
3248This syntax is only available with multiboot.
3249
3250Use @var{file1} and @var{file2} as modules and pass arg=foo as parameter to the
3251first module.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003252ETEXI
3253
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003254DEF("dtb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dtb, \
Peter A. G. Crosthwaite379b5c72012-03-04 21:03:54 +10003255 "-dtb file use 'file' as device tree image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003256STEXI
3257@item -dtb @var{file}
3258@findex -dtb
3259Use @var{file} as a device tree binary (dtb) image and pass it to the kernel
3260on boot.
3261ETEXI
3262
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003263STEXI
3264@end table
3265ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003266DEFHEADING()
3267
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003268DEFHEADING(Debug/Expert options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003269STEXI
3270@table @option
3271ETEXI
3272
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003273DEF("fw_cfg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fwcfg,
3274 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,file=<file>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003275 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo6407d762015-09-29 12:29:01 -04003276 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,string=<str>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003277 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string\n",
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003278 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3279STEXI
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003280
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003281@item -fw_cfg [name=]@var{name},file=@var{file}
3282@findex -fw_cfg
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003283Add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file @var{file}.
Gabriel L. Somlo6407d762015-09-29 12:29:01 -04003284
3285@item -fw_cfg [name=]@var{name},string=@var{str}
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003286Add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string @var{str}.
3287
3288The terminating NUL character of the contents of @var{str} will not be
3289included as part of the fw_cfg item data. To insert contents with
3290embedded NUL characters, you have to use the @var{file} parameter.
3291
3292The fw_cfg entries are passed by QEMU through to the guest.
3293
3294Example:
3295@example
3296 -fw_cfg name=opt/com.mycompany/blob,file=./my_blob.bin
3297@end example
3298creates an fw_cfg entry named opt/com.mycompany/blob with contents
3299from ./my_blob.bin.
3300
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003301ETEXI
3302
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003303DEF("serial", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_serial, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003304 "-serial dev redirect the serial port to char device 'dev'\n",
3305 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003306STEXI
3307@item -serial @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003308@findex -serial
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003309Redirect the virtual serial port to host character device
3310@var{dev}. The default device is @code{vc} in graphical mode and
3311@code{stdio} in non graphical mode.
3312
3313This option can be used several times to simulate up to 4 serial
3314ports.
3315
3316Use @code{-serial none} to disable all serial ports.
3317
3318Available character devices are:
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02003319@table @option
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02003320@item vc[:@var{W}x@var{H}]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003321Virtual console. Optionally, a width and height can be given in pixel with
3322@example
3323vc:800x600
3324@end example
3325It is also possible to specify width or height in characters:
3326@example
3327vc:80Cx24C
3328@end example
3329@item pty
3330[Linux only] Pseudo TTY (a new PTY is automatically allocated)
3331@item none
3332No device is allocated.
3333@item null
3334void device
Ingo van Lil88e020e2013-12-20 14:44:53 +01003335@item chardev:@var{id}
3336Use a named character device defined with the @code{-chardev} option.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003337@item /dev/XXX
3338[Linux only] Use host tty, e.g. @file{/dev/ttyS0}. The host serial port
3339parameters are set according to the emulated ones.
3340@item /dev/parport@var{N}
3341[Linux only, parallel port only] Use host parallel port
3342@var{N}. Currently SPP and EPP parallel port features can be used.
3343@item file:@var{filename}
3344Write output to @var{filename}. No character can be read.
3345@item stdio
3346[Unix only] standard input/output
3347@item pipe:@var{filename}
3348name pipe @var{filename}
3349@item COM@var{n}
3350[Windows only] Use host serial port @var{n}
3351@item udp:[@var{remote_host}]:@var{remote_port}[@@[@var{src_ip}]:@var{src_port}]
3352This implements UDP Net Console.
3353When @var{remote_host} or @var{src_ip} are not specified
3354they default to @code{0.0.0.0}.
3355When not using a specified @var{src_port} a random port is automatically chosen.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003356
3357If you just want a simple readonly console you can use @code{netcat} or
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003358@code{nc}, by starting QEMU with: @code{-serial udp::4555} and nc as:
3359@code{nc -u -l -p 4555}. Any time QEMU writes something to that port it
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003360will appear in the netconsole session.
3361
3362If you plan to send characters back via netconsole or you want to stop
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003363and start QEMU a lot of times, you should have QEMU use the same
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003364source port each time by using something like @code{-serial
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003365udp::4555@@:4556} to QEMU. Another approach is to use a patched
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003366version of netcat which can listen to a TCP port and send and receive
3367characters via udp. If you have a patched version of netcat which
3368activates telnet remote echo and single char transfer, then you can
Marc-André Lureaubd1caa32016-12-22 18:56:38 +04003369use the following options to set up a netcat redirector to allow
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003370telnet on port 5555 to access the QEMU port.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003371@table @code
Stefan Weil071c9392012-04-07 09:23:36 +02003372@item QEMU Options:
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003373-serial udp::4555@@:4556
3374@item netcat options:
3375-u -P 4555 -L 0.0.0.0:4556 -t -p 5555 -I -T
3376@item telnet options:
3377localhost 5555
3378@end table
3379
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05003380@item tcp:[@var{host}]:@var{port}[,@var{server}][,nowait][,nodelay][,reconnect=@var{seconds}]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003381The TCP Net Console has two modes of operation. It can send the serial
3382I/O to a location or wait for a connection from a location. By default
3383the TCP Net Console is sent to @var{host} at the @var{port}. If you use
3384the @var{server} option QEMU will wait for a client socket application
3385to connect to the port before continuing, unless the @code{nowait}
3386option was specified. The @code{nodelay} option disables the Nagle buffering
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05003387algorithm. The @code{reconnect} option only applies if @var{noserver} is
3388set, if the connection goes down it will attempt to reconnect at the
3389given interval. If @var{host} is omitted, 0.0.0.0 is assumed. Only
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003390one TCP connection at a time is accepted. You can use @code{telnet} to
3391connect to the corresponding character device.
3392@table @code
3393@item Example to send tcp console to 192.168.0.2 port 4444
3394-serial tcp:192.168.0.2:4444
3395@item Example to listen and wait on port 4444 for connection
3396-serial tcp::4444,server
3397@item Example to not wait and listen on ip 192.168.0.100 port 4444
3398-serial tcp:192.168.0.100:4444,server,nowait
3399@end table
3400
3401@item telnet:@var{host}:@var{port}[,server][,nowait][,nodelay]
3402The telnet protocol is used instead of raw tcp sockets. The options
3403work the same as if you had specified @code{-serial tcp}. The
3404difference is that the port acts like a telnet server or client using
3405telnet option negotiation. This will also allow you to send the
3406MAGIC_SYSRQ sequence if you use a telnet that supports sending the break
3407sequence. Typically in unix telnet you do it with Control-] and then
3408type "send break" followed by pressing the enter key.
3409
Julia Suvorova981b06e2018-10-19 01:35:00 +03003410@item websocket:@var{host}:@var{port},server[,nowait][,nodelay]
3411The WebSocket protocol is used instead of raw tcp socket. The port acts as
3412a WebSocket server. Client mode is not supported.
3413
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05003414@item unix:@var{path}[,server][,nowait][,reconnect=@var{seconds}]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003415A unix domain socket is used instead of a tcp socket. The option works the
3416same as if you had specified @code{-serial tcp} except the unix domain socket
3417@var{path} is used for connections.
3418
3419@item mon:@var{dev_string}
3420This is a special option to allow the monitor to be multiplexed onto
3421another serial port. The monitor is accessed with key sequence of
Paolo Bonzini02c4bdf2013-07-03 20:29:45 +04003422@key{Control-a} and then pressing @key{c}.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003423@var{dev_string} should be any one of the serial devices specified
3424above. An example to multiplex the monitor onto a telnet server
3425listening on port 4444 would be:
3426@table @code
3427@item -serial mon:telnet::4444,server,nowait
3428@end table
Michael Tokarevbe022d62013-07-11 12:55:50 +04003429When the monitor is multiplexed to stdio in this way, Ctrl+C will not terminate
3430QEMU any more but will be passed to the guest instead.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003431
3432@item braille
3433Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille output on a real
3434or fake device.
3435
Kevin Wolfbe8b28a2009-10-09 10:58:37 +02003436@item msmouse
3437Three button serial mouse. Configure the guest to use Microsoft protocol.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003438@end table
3439ETEXI
3440
3441DEF("parallel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_parallel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003442 "-parallel dev redirect the parallel port to char device 'dev'\n",
3443 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003444STEXI
3445@item -parallel @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003446@findex -parallel
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003447Redirect the virtual parallel port to host device @var{dev} (same
3448devices as the serial port). On Linux hosts, @file{/dev/parportN} can
3449be used to use hardware devices connected on the corresponding host
3450parallel port.
3451
3452This option can be used several times to simulate up to 3 parallel
3453ports.
3454
3455Use @code{-parallel none} to disable all parallel ports.
3456ETEXI
3457
3458DEF("monitor", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_monitor, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003459 "-monitor dev redirect the monitor to char device 'dev'\n",
3460 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003461STEXI
Gerd Hoffmann4e307fc2009-12-08 13:11:37 +01003462@item -monitor @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003463@findex -monitor
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003464Redirect the monitor to host device @var{dev} (same devices as the
3465serial port).
3466The default device is @code{vc} in graphical mode and @code{stdio} in
3467non graphical mode.
Luiz Capitulino70e098a2013-05-16 12:02:55 -04003468Use @code{-monitor none} to disable the default monitor.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003469ETEXI
Gerd Hoffmann6ca55822009-12-08 13:11:52 +01003470DEF("qmp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003471 "-qmp dev like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode\n",
3472 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003473STEXI
3474@item -qmp @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003475@findex -qmp
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003476Like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode.
3477ETEXI
Max Reitz4821cd42014-11-17 13:31:04 +01003478DEF("qmp-pretty", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp_pretty, \
3479 "-qmp-pretty dev like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting\n",
3480 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3481STEXI
3482@item -qmp-pretty @var{dev}
3483@findex -qmp-pretty
3484Like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting.
3485ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003486
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01003487DEF("mon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mon, \
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01003488 "-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01003489STEXI
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01003490@item -mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003491@findex -mon
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01003492Setup monitor on chardev @var{name}. @code{pretty} turns on JSON pretty printing
3493easing human reading and debugging.
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01003494ETEXI
3495
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08003496DEF("debugcon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_debugcon, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003497 "-debugcon dev redirect the debug console to char device 'dev'\n",
3498 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08003499STEXI
3500@item -debugcon @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003501@findex -debugcon
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08003502Redirect the debug console to host device @var{dev} (same devices as the
3503serial port). The debug console is an I/O port which is typically port
35040xe9; writing to that I/O port sends output to this device.
3505The default device is @code{vc} in graphical mode and @code{stdio} in
3506non graphical mode.
3507ETEXI
3508
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003509DEF("pidfile", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pidfile, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003510 "-pidfile file write PID to 'file'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003511STEXI
3512@item -pidfile @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003513@findex -pidfile
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003514Store the QEMU process PID in @var{file}. It is useful if you launch QEMU
3515from a script.
3516ETEXI
3517
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00003518DEF("singlestep", 0, QEMU_OPTION_singlestep, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003519 "-singlestep always run in singlestep mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00003520STEXI
3521@item -singlestep
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003522@findex -singlestep
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00003523Run the emulation in single step mode.
3524ETEXI
3525
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02003526DEF("preconfig", 0, QEMU_OPTION_preconfig, \
Markus Armbruster361ac942018-07-05 11:14:02 +02003527 "--preconfig pause QEMU before machine is initialized (experimental)\n",
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02003528 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3529STEXI
3530@item --preconfig
3531@findex --preconfig
3532Pause QEMU for interactive configuration before the machine is created,
3533which allows querying and configuring properties that will affect
Markus Armbruster361ac942018-07-05 11:14:02 +02003534machine initialization. Use QMP command 'x-exit-preconfig' to exit
3535the preconfig state and move to the next state (i.e. run guest if -S
3536isn't used or pause the second time if -S is used). This option is
3537experimental.
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02003538ETEXI
3539
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003540DEF("S", 0, QEMU_OPTION_S, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003541 "-S freeze CPU at startup (use 'c' to start execution)\n",
3542 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003543STEXI
3544@item -S
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003545@findex -S
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003546Do not start CPU at startup (you must type 'c' in the monitor).
3547ETEXI
3548
Satoru Moriya888a6bc2013-04-19 16:42:06 +02003549DEF("realtime", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_realtime,
3550 "-realtime [mlock=on|off]\n"
3551 " run qemu with realtime features\n"
3552 " mlock=on|off controls mlock support (default: on)\n",
3553 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3554STEXI
3555@item -realtime mlock=on|off
3556@findex -realtime
3557Run qemu with realtime features.
3558mlocking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via @option{mlock=on}
3559(enabled by default).
3560ETEXI
3561
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03003562DEF("overcommit", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_overcommit,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02003563 "-overcommit [mem-lock=on|off][cpu-pm=on|off]\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03003564 " run qemu with overcommit hints\n"
3565 " mem-lock=on|off controls memory lock support (default: off)\n"
3566 " cpu-pm=on|off controls cpu power management (default: off)\n",
3567 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3568STEXI
3569@item -overcommit mem-lock=on|off
3570@item -overcommit cpu-pm=on|off
3571@findex -overcommit
3572Run qemu with hints about host resource overcommit. The default is
3573to assume that host overcommits all resources.
3574
3575Locking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via @option{mem-lock=on} (disabled
3576by default). This works when host memory is not overcommitted and reduces the
3577worst-case latency for guest. This is equivalent to @option{realtime}.
3578
3579Guest ability to manage power state of host cpus (increasing latency for other
3580processes on the same host cpu, but decreasing latency for guest) can be
3581enabled via @option{cpu-pm=on} (disabled by default). This works best when
3582host CPU is not overcommitted. When used, host estimates of CPU cycle and power
3583utilization will be incorrect, not taking into account guest idle time.
3584ETEXI
3585
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003586DEF("gdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_gdb, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003587 "-gdb dev wait for gdb connection on 'dev'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003588STEXI
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003589@item -gdb @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003590@findex -gdb
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003591Wait for gdb connection on device @var{dev} (@pxref{gdb_usage}). Typical
3592connections will likely be TCP-based, but also UDP, pseudo TTY, or even
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003593stdio are reasonable use case. The latter is allowing to start QEMU from
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003594within gdb and establish the connection via a pipe:
3595@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02003596(gdb) target remote | exec @value{qemu_system} -gdb stdio ...
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003597@end example
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003598ETEXI
3599
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003600DEF("s", 0, QEMU_OPTION_s, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003601 "-s shorthand for -gdb tcp::" DEFAULT_GDBSTUB_PORT "\n",
3602 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003603STEXI
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003604@item -s
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003605@findex -s
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003606Shorthand for -gdb tcp::1234, i.e. open a gdbserver on TCP port 1234
3607(@pxref{gdb_usage}).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003608ETEXI
3609
3610DEF("d", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_d, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003611 "-d item1,... enable logging of specified items (use '-d help' for a list of log items)\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003612 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003613STEXI
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003614@item -d @var{item1}[,...]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003615@findex -d
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003616Enable logging of specified items. Use '-d help' for a list of log items.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003617ETEXI
3618
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003619DEF("D", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_D, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003620 "-D logfile output log to logfile (default stderr)\n",
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003621 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3622STEXI
Stefan Weil8bd383b2012-05-11 22:40:50 +02003623@item -D @var{logfile}
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003624@findex -D
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003625Output log in @var{logfile} instead of to stderr
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003626ETEXI
3627
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00003628DEF("dfilter", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_DFILTER, \
3629 "-dfilter range,.. filter debug output to range of addresses (useful for -d cpu,exec,etc..)\n",
3630 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3631STEXI
3632@item -dfilter @var{range1}[,...]
3633@findex -dfilter
3634Filter debug output to that relevant to a range of target addresses. The filter
3635spec can be either @var{start}+@var{size}, @var{start}-@var{size} or
3636@var{start}..@var{end} where @var{start} @var{end} and @var{size} are the
3637addresses and sizes required. For example:
3638@example
3639 -dfilter 0x8000..0x8fff,0xffffffc000080000+0x200,0xffffffc000060000-0x1000
3640@end example
3641Will dump output for any code in the 0x1000 sized block starting at 0x8000 and
3642the 0x200 sized block starting at 0xffffffc000080000 and another 0x1000 sized
3643block starting at 0xffffffc00005f000.
3644ETEXI
3645
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07003646DEF("seed", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_seed, \
3647 "-seed number seed the pseudo-random number generator\n",
3648 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3649STEXI
3650@item -seed @var{number}
3651@findex -seed
3652Force the guest to use a deterministic pseudo-random number generator, seeded
3653with @var{number}. This does not affect crypto routines within the host.
3654ETEXI
3655
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003656DEF("L", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_L, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003657 "-L path set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps\n",
3658 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003659STEXI
3660@item -L @var{path}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003661@findex -L
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003662Set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps.
Richard W.M. Jones37146e72016-05-16 17:34:35 +01003663
3664To list all the data directories, use @code{-L help}.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003665ETEXI
3666
3667DEF("bios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bios, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003668 "-bios file set the filename for the BIOS\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003669STEXI
3670@item -bios @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003671@findex -bios
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003672Set the filename for the BIOS.
3673ETEXI
3674
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003675DEF("enable-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_kvm, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003676 "-enable-kvm enable KVM full virtualization support\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003677STEXI
3678@item -enable-kvm
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003679@findex -enable-kvm
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003680Enable KVM full virtualization support. This option is only available
3681if KVM support is enabled when compiling.
3682ETEXI
3683
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00003684DEF("xen-domid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003685 "-xen-domid id specify xen guest domain id\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00003686DEF("xen-attach", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_attach,
3687 "-xen-attach attach to existing xen domain\n"
Anthony PERARD1077bca2018-09-14 12:18:30 +01003688 " libxl will use this when starting QEMU\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003689 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Paul Durrant1c599472017-03-22 09:39:15 +00003690DEF("xen-domid-restrict", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid_restrict,
3691 "-xen-domid-restrict restrict set of available xen operations\n"
3692 " to specified domain id. (Does not affect\n"
3693 " xenpv machine type).\n",
3694 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003695STEXI
3696@item -xen-domid @var{id}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003697@findex -xen-domid
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003698Specify xen guest domain @var{id} (XEN only).
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003699@item -xen-attach
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003700@findex -xen-attach
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003701Attach to existing xen domain.
Anthony PERARD1077bca2018-09-14 12:18:30 +01003702libxl will use this when starting QEMU (XEN only).
Paul Durrant1c599472017-03-22 09:39:15 +00003703@findex -xen-domid-restrict
3704Restrict set of available xen operations to specified domain id (XEN only).
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003705ETEXI
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00003706
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003707DEF("no-reboot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_reboot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003708 "-no-reboot exit instead of rebooting\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003709STEXI
3710@item -no-reboot
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003711@findex -no-reboot
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003712Exit instead of rebooting.
3713ETEXI
3714
3715DEF("no-shutdown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_shutdown, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003716 "-no-shutdown stop before shutdown\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003717STEXI
3718@item -no-shutdown
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003719@findex -no-shutdown
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003720Don't exit QEMU on guest shutdown, but instead only stop the emulation.
3721This allows for instance switching to monitor to commit changes to the
3722disk image.
3723ETEXI
3724
3725DEF("loadvm", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_loadvm, \
3726 "-loadvm [tag|id]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003727 " start right away with a saved state (loadvm in monitor)\n",
3728 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003729STEXI
3730@item -loadvm @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003731@findex -loadvm
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003732Start right away with a saved state (@code{loadvm} in monitor)
3733ETEXI
3734
3735#ifndef _WIN32
3736DEF("daemonize", 0, QEMU_OPTION_daemonize, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003737 "-daemonize daemonize QEMU after initializing\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003738#endif
3739STEXI
3740@item -daemonize
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003741@findex -daemonize
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003742Daemonize the QEMU process after initialization. QEMU will not detach from
3743standard IO until it is ready to receive connections on any of its devices.
3744This option is a useful way for external programs to launch QEMU without having
3745to cope with initialization race conditions.
3746ETEXI
3747
3748DEF("option-rom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_option_rom, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003749 "-option-rom rom load a file, rom, into the option ROM space\n",
3750 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003751STEXI
3752@item -option-rom @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003753@findex -option-rom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003754Load the contents of @var{file} as an option ROM.
3755This option is useful to load things like EtherBoot.
3756ETEXI
3757
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003758DEF("rtc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rtc, \
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06003759 "-rtc [base=utc|localtime|<datetime>][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003760 " set the RTC base and clock, enable drift fix for clock ticks (x86 only)\n",
3761 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003762
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003763STEXI
3764
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06003765@item -rtc [base=utc|localtime|@var{datetime}][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003766@findex -rtc
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003767Specify @option{base} as @code{utc} or @code{localtime} to let the RTC start at the current
3768UTC or local time, respectively. @code{localtime} is required for correct date in
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06003769MS-DOS or Windows. To start at a specific point in time, provide @var{datetime} in the
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003770format @code{2006-06-17T16:01:21} or @code{2006-06-17}. The default base is UTC.
3771
Michael Tokarev9d85d552014-04-07 13:34:58 +04003772By default the RTC is driven by the host system time. This allows using of the
Jan Kiszka68752042009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003773RTC as accurate reference clock inside the guest, specifically if the host
3774time is smoothly following an accurate external reference clock, e.g. via NTP.
Paolo Bonzini78808142012-03-30 10:31:21 +00003775If you want to isolate the guest time from the host, you can set @option{clock}
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06003776to @code{rt} instead, which provides a host monotonic clock if host support it.
3777To even prevent the RTC from progressing during suspension, you can set @option{clock}
3778to @code{vm} (virtual clock). @samp{clock=vm} is recommended especially in
3779icount mode in order to preserve determinism; however, note that in icount mode
3780the speed of the virtual clock is variable and can in general differ from the
3781host clock.
Jan Kiszka68752042009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003782
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003783Enable @option{driftfix} (i386 targets only) if you experience time drift problems,
3784specifically with Windows' ACPI HAL. This option will try to figure out how
3785many timer interrupts were not processed by the Windows guest and will
3786re-inject them.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003787ETEXI
3788
3789DEF("icount", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_icount, \
Pavel Dovgalyuk9c2037d2017-01-24 10:17:47 +03003790 "-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off,rr=record|replay,rrfile=<filename>,rrsnapshot=<snapshot>]\n" \
aliguoribc14ca22009-04-05 18:43:37 +00003791 " enable virtual instruction counter with 2^N clock ticks per\n" \
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02003792 " instruction, enable aligning the host and virtual clocks\n" \
3793 " or disable real time cpu sleeping\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003794STEXI
Pavel Dovgalyuk9c2037d2017-01-24 10:17:47 +03003795@item -icount [shift=@var{N}|auto][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=@var{filename},rrsnapshot=@var{snapshot}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003796@findex -icount
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003797Enable virtual instruction counter. The virtual cpu will execute one
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02003798instruction every 2^@var{N} ns of virtual time. If @code{auto} is specified
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003799then the virtual cpu speed will be automatically adjusted to keep virtual
3800time within a few seconds of real time.
3801
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02003802When the virtual cpu is sleeping, the virtual time will advance at default
Pranith Kumar778d9f92016-02-26 10:16:51 -05003803speed unless @option{sleep=on|off} is specified.
3804With @option{sleep=on|off}, the virtual time will jump to the next timer deadline
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02003805instantly whenever the virtual cpu goes to sleep mode and will not advance
3806if no timer is enabled. This behavior give deterministic execution times from
3807the guest point of view.
3808
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003809Note that while this option can give deterministic behavior, it does not
3810provide cycle accurate emulation. Modern CPUs contain superscalar out of
3811order cores with complex cache hierarchies. The number of instructions
3812executed often has little or no correlation with actual performance.
Sebastian Tanasea8bfac32014-07-25 11:56:29 +02003813
Daniel P. Berrangeb6af0972015-08-26 12:17:13 +01003814@option{align=on} will activate the delay algorithm which will try
Sebastian Tanasea8bfac32014-07-25 11:56:29 +02003815to synchronise the host clock and the virtual clock. The goal is to
3816have a guest running at the real frequency imposed by the shift option.
3817Whenever the guest clock is behind the host clock and if
Michael Tokarev82597612015-04-27 11:12:49 +03003818@option{align=on} is specified then we print a message to the user
Sebastian Tanasea8bfac32014-07-25 11:56:29 +02003819to inform about the delay.
3820Currently this option does not work when @option{shift} is @code{auto}.
3821Note: The sync algorithm will work for those shift values for which
3822the guest clock runs ahead of the host clock. Typically this happens
3823when the shift value is high (how high depends on the host machine).
Pavel Dovgalyuk4c27b852015-09-17 19:25:18 +03003824
3825When @option{rr} option is specified deterministic record/replay is enabled.
3826Replay log is written into @var{filename} file in record mode and
3827read from this file in replay mode.
Pavel Dovgalyuk9c2037d2017-01-24 10:17:47 +03003828
3829Option rrsnapshot is used to create new vm snapshot named @var{snapshot}
3830at the start of execution recording. In replay mode this option is used
3831to load the initial VM state.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003832ETEXI
3833
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003834DEF("watchdog", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog, \
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003835 "-watchdog model\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003836 " enable virtual hardware watchdog [default=none]\n",
3837 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003838STEXI
3839@item -watchdog @var{model}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003840@findex -watchdog
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003841Create a virtual hardware watchdog device. Once enabled (by a guest
3842action), the watchdog must be periodically polled by an agent inside
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003843the guest or else the guest will be restarted. Choose a model for
3844which your guest has drivers.
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003845
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003846The @var{model} is the model of hardware watchdog to emulate. Use
3847@code{-watchdog help} to list available hardware models. Only one
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003848watchdog can be enabled for a guest.
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003849
3850The following models may be available:
3851@table @option
3852@item ib700
3853iBASE 700 is a very simple ISA watchdog with a single timer.
3854@item i6300esb
3855Intel 6300ESB I/O controller hub is a much more featureful PCI-based
3856dual-timer watchdog.
Xu Wang188f24c2015-02-05 18:28:32 +08003857@item diag288
3858A virtual watchdog for s390x backed by the diagnose 288 hypercall
3859(currently KVM only).
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003860@end table
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003861ETEXI
3862
3863DEF("watchdog-action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog_action, \
Markus Armbruster7ad92702017-10-02 16:03:07 +02003864 "-watchdog-action reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003865 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
3866 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003867STEXI
3868@item -watchdog-action @var{action}
Markus Armbrusterb8f490e2013-02-13 19:49:38 +01003869@findex -watchdog-action
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003870
3871The @var{action} controls what QEMU will do when the watchdog timer
3872expires.
3873The default is
3874@code{reset} (forcefully reset the guest).
3875Other possible actions are:
3876@code{shutdown} (attempt to gracefully shutdown the guest),
3877@code{poweroff} (forcefully poweroff the guest),
Markus Armbruster7ad92702017-10-02 16:03:07 +02003878@code{inject-nmi} (inject a NMI into the guest),
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003879@code{pause} (pause the guest),
3880@code{debug} (print a debug message and continue), or
3881@code{none} (do nothing).
3882
3883Note that the @code{shutdown} action requires that the guest responds
3884to ACPI signals, which it may not be able to do in the sort of
3885situations where the watchdog would have expired, and thus
3886@code{-watchdog-action shutdown} is not recommended for production use.
3887
3888Examples:
3889
3890@table @code
3891@item -watchdog i6300esb -watchdog-action pause
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02003892@itemx -watchdog ib700
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003893@end table
3894ETEXI
3895
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003896DEF("echr", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_echr, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003897 "-echr chr set terminal escape character instead of ctrl-a\n",
3898 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003899STEXI
3900
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02003901@item -echr @var{numeric_ascii_value}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003902@findex -echr
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003903Change the escape character used for switching to the monitor when using
3904monitor and serial sharing. The default is @code{0x01} when using the
3905@code{-nographic} option. @code{0x01} is equal to pressing
3906@code{Control-a}. You can select a different character from the ascii
3907control keys where 1 through 26 map to Control-a through Control-z. For
3908instance you could use the either of the following to change the escape
3909character to Control-t.
3910@table @code
3911@item -echr 0x14
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02003912@itemx -echr 20
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003913@end table
3914ETEXI
3915
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003916DEF("show-cursor", 0, QEMU_OPTION_show_cursor, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003917 "-show-cursor show cursor\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003918STEXI
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003919@item -show-cursor
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003920@findex -show-cursor
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003921Show cursor.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003922ETEXI
3923
3924DEF("tb-size", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tb_size, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003925 "-tb-size n set TB size\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003926STEXI
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003927@item -tb-size @var{n}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003928@findex -tb-size
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +01003929Set TCG translation block cache size. Deprecated, use @samp{-accel tcg,tb-size=@var{n}}
3930instead.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003931ETEXI
3932
3933DEF("incoming", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_incoming, \
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03003934 "-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4][,ipv6]\n" \
3935 "-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4][,ipv6]\n" \
3936 "-incoming unix:socketpath\n" \
3937 " prepare for incoming migration, listen on\n" \
3938 " specified protocol and socket address\n" \
3939 "-incoming fd:fd\n" \
3940 "-incoming exec:cmdline\n" \
3941 " accept incoming migration on given file descriptor\n" \
Dr. David Alan Gilbert15970512015-05-29 19:52:52 +01003942 " or from given external command\n" \
3943 "-incoming defer\n" \
3944 " wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003945 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003946STEXI
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03003947@item -incoming tcp:[@var{host}]:@var{port}[,to=@var{maxport}][,ipv4][,ipv6]
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02003948@itemx -incoming rdma:@var{host}:@var{port}[,ipv4][,ipv6]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003949@findex -incoming
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03003950Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given tcp port.
3951
3952@item -incoming unix:@var{socketpath}
3953Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given unix socket.
3954
3955@item -incoming fd:@var{fd}
3956Accept incoming migration from a given filedescriptor.
3957
3958@item -incoming exec:@var{cmdline}
3959Accept incoming migration as an output from specified external command.
Dr. David Alan Gilbert15970512015-05-29 19:52:52 +01003960
3961@item -incoming defer
3962Wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming. The monitor can
3963be used to change settings (such as migration parameters) prior to issuing
3964the migrate_incoming to allow the migration to begin.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003965ETEXI
3966
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05303967DEF("only-migratable", 0, QEMU_OPTION_only_migratable, \
3968 "-only-migratable allow only migratable devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3969STEXI
3970@item -only-migratable
3971@findex -only-migratable
3972Only allow migratable devices. Devices will not be allowed to enter an
3973unmigratable state.
3974ETEXI
3975
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01003976DEF("nodefaults", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nodefaults, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003977 "-nodefaults don't create default devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01003978STEXI
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01003979@item -nodefaults
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003980@findex -nodefaults
Michal Novotny66c19bf2012-07-16 14:35:10 +02003981Don't create default devices. Normally, QEMU sets the default devices like serial
3982port, parallel port, virtual console, monitor device, VGA adapter, floppy and
3983CD-ROM drive and others. The @code{-nodefaults} option will disable all those
3984default devices.
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01003985ETEXI
3986
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003987#ifndef _WIN32
3988DEF("chroot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chroot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003989 "-chroot dir chroot to dir just before starting the VM\n",
3990 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003991#endif
3992STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02003993@item -chroot @var{dir}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003994@findex -chroot
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003995Immediately before starting guest execution, chroot to the specified
3996directory. Especially useful in combination with -runas.
3997ETEXI
3998
3999#ifndef _WIN32
4000DEF("runas", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_runas, \
Ian Jackson2c42f1e2017-09-15 18:10:44 +01004001 "-runas user change to user id user just before starting the VM\n" \
4002 " user can be numeric uid:gid instead\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004003 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004004#endif
4005STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02004006@item -runas @var{user}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004007@findex -runas
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004008Immediately before starting guest execution, drop root privileges, switching
4009to the specified user.
4010ETEXI
4011
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004012DEF("prom-env", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_prom_env,
4013 "-prom-env variable=value\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004014 " set OpenBIOS nvram variables\n",
4015 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004016STEXI
4017@item -prom-env @var{variable}=@var{value}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004018@findex -prom-env
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004019Set OpenBIOS nvram @var{variable} to given @var{value} (PPC, SPARC only).
4020ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004021DEF("semihosting", 0, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting,
Michael Wallef7bbcfb2014-04-22 20:18:42 +02004022 "-semihosting semihosting mode\n",
Leon Alrae3b3c1692015-06-19 11:08:43 +01004023 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA | QEMU_ARCH_LM32 |
Sandra Loosemore413a99a2019-04-03 13:53:05 -06004024 QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004025STEXI
4026@item -semihosting
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004027@findex -semihosting
Sandra Loosemore413a99a2019-04-03 13:53:05 -06004028Enable semihosting mode (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II only).
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00004029ETEXI
4030DEF("semihosting-config", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting_config,
Alex Bennée4e7f9032019-05-14 15:30:14 +01004031 "-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,arg=str[,...]]\n" \
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01004032 " semihosting configuration\n",
Leon Alrae3b3c1692015-06-19 11:08:43 +01004033QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA | QEMU_ARCH_LM32 |
Sandra Loosemore413a99a2019-04-03 13:53:05 -06004034QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2)
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00004035STEXI
Alex Bennée4e7f9032019-05-14 15:30:14 +01004036@item -semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,arg=str[,...]]
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00004037@findex -semihosting-config
Sandra Loosemore413a99a2019-04-03 13:53:05 -06004038Enable and configure semihosting (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II only).
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01004039@table @option
4040@item target=@code{native|gdb|auto}
4041Defines where the semihosting calls will be addressed, to QEMU (@code{native})
4042or to GDB (@code{gdb}). The default is @code{auto}, which means @code{gdb}
4043during debug sessions and @code{native} otherwise.
Alex Bennée4e7f9032019-05-14 15:30:14 +01004044@item chardev=@var{str1}
4045Send the output to a chardev backend output for native or auto output when not in gdb
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01004046@item arg=@var{str1},arg=@var{str2},...
4047Allows the user to pass input arguments, and can be used multiple times to build
4048up a list. The old-style @code{-kernel}/@code{-append} method of passing a
4049command line is still supported for backward compatibility. If both the
4050@code{--semihosting-config arg} and the @code{-kernel}/@code{-append} are
4051specified, the former is passed to semihosting as it always takes precedence.
4052@end table
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004053ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004054DEF("old-param", 0, QEMU_OPTION_old_param,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004055 "-old-param old param mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004056STEXI
4057@item -old-param
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004058@findex -old-param (ARM)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004059Old param mode (ARM only).
4060ETEXI
4061
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004062DEF("sandbox", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sandbox, \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004063 "-sandbox on[,obsolete=allow|deny][,elevateprivileges=allow|deny|children]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004064 " [,spawn=allow|deny][,resourcecontrol=allow|deny]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01004065 " Enable seccomp mode 2 system call filter (default 'off').\n" \
4066 " use 'obsolete' to allow obsolete system calls that are provided\n" \
4067 " by the kernel, but typically no longer used by modern\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004068 " C library implementations.\n" \
4069 " use 'elevateprivileges' to allow or deny QEMU process to elevate\n" \
4070 " its privileges by blacklisting all set*uid|gid system calls.\n" \
4071 " The value 'children' will deny set*uid|gid system calls for\n" \
Eduardo Otubo995a2262017-03-13 22:16:01 +01004072 " main QEMU process but will allow forks and execves to run unprivileged\n" \
4073 " use 'spawn' to avoid QEMU to spawn new threads or processes by\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004074 " blacklisting *fork and execve\n" \
4075 " use 'resourcecontrol' to disable process affinity and schedular priority\n",
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004076 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4077STEXI
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004078@item -sandbox @var{arg}[,obsolete=@var{string}][,elevateprivileges=@var{string}][,spawn=@var{string}][,resourcecontrol=@var{string}]
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004079@findex -sandbox
4080Enable Seccomp mode 2 system call filter. 'on' will enable syscall filtering and 'off' will
4081disable it. The default is 'off'.
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01004082@table @option
4083@item obsolete=@var{string}
4084Enable Obsolete system calls
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004085@item elevateprivileges=@var{string}
4086Disable set*uid|gid system calls
Eduardo Otubo995a2262017-03-13 22:16:01 +01004087@item spawn=@var{string}
4088Disable *fork and execve
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004089@item resourcecontrol=@var{string}
4090Disable process affinity and schedular priority
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01004091@end table
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004092ETEXI
4093
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02004094DEF("readconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_readconfig,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004095 "-readconfig <file>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004096STEXI
4097@item -readconfig @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004098@findex -readconfig
Michal Novotnyed24cfa2012-07-16 14:28:32 +02004099Read device configuration from @var{file}. This approach is useful when you want to spawn
4100QEMU process with many command line options but you don't want to exceed the command line
4101character limit.
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004102ETEXI
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02004103DEF("writeconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_writeconfig,
4104 "-writeconfig <file>\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004105 " read/write config file\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004106STEXI
4107@item -writeconfig @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004108@findex -writeconfig
Michal Novotnyed24cfa2012-07-16 14:28:32 +02004109Write device configuration to @var{file}. The @var{file} can be either filename to save
4110command line and device configuration into file or dash @code{-}) character to print the
4111output to stdout. This can be later used as input file for @code{-readconfig} option.
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004112ETEXI
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004113
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004114DEF("no-user-config", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nouserconfig,
4115 "-no-user-config\n"
Eduardo Habkost3478eae2017-10-04 00:00:25 -03004116 " do not load default user-provided config files at startup\n",
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004117 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4118STEXI
4119@item -no-user-config
4120@findex -no-user-config
4121The @code{-no-user-config} option makes QEMU not load any of the user-provided
Eduardo Habkost3478eae2017-10-04 00:00:25 -03004122config files on @var{sysconfdir}.
Anthony Liguori292444c2010-01-21 10:57:58 -06004123ETEXI
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004124
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004125DEF("trace", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_trace,
Paolo Bonzini10578a22016-01-07 16:55:26 +03004126 "-trace [[enable=]<pattern>][,events=<file>][,file=<file>]\n"
Lluís23d15e82011-08-31 20:31:31 +02004127 " specify tracing options\n",
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004128 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4129STEXI
Lluís23d15e82011-08-31 20:31:31 +02004130HXCOMM This line is not accurate, as some sub-options are backend-specific but
4131HXCOMM HX does not support conditional compilation of text.
Denis V. Luneve370ad92016-06-17 17:44:08 +03004132@item -trace [[enable=]@var{pattern}][,events=@var{file}][,file=@var{file}]
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004133@findex -trace
Denis V. Luneveeb2b8f2016-06-17 17:44:09 +03004134@include qemu-option-trace.texi
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004135ETEXI
Lluís Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03004136DEF("plugin", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_plugin,
4137 "-plugin [file=]<file>[,arg=<string>]\n"
4138 " load a plugin\n",
4139 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4140STEXI
4141@item -plugin file=@var{file}[,arg=@var{string}]
4142@findex -plugin
4143
4144Load a plugin.
4145
4146@table @option
4147@item file=@var{file}
4148Load the given plugin from a shared library file.
4149@item arg=@var{string}
4150Argument string passed to the plugin. (Can be given multiple times.)
4151@end table
4152ETEXI
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004153
Markus Armbruster31e70d62013-02-13 19:49:37 +01004154HXCOMM Internal use
4155DEF("qtest", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4156DEF("qtest-log", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest_log, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Anthony Liguoric7f0f3b2012-03-28 15:42:02 +02004157
Paul Moore0f669982012-08-03 14:39:21 -04004158#ifdef __linux__
4159DEF("enable-fips", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enablefips,
4160 "-enable-fips enable FIPS 140-2 compliance\n",
4161 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4162#endif
4163STEXI
4164@item -enable-fips
4165@findex -enable-fips
4166Enable FIPS 140-2 compliance mode.
4167ETEXI
4168
Thomas Huth976e8c52019-09-04 07:27:39 +02004169HXCOMM Deprecated by -accel tcg
Bruce Rogersc6e88b32012-11-20 07:11:21 -07004170DEF("no-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_kvm, "", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Jan Kiszkaa0dac022012-10-05 14:51:45 -03004171
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004172DEF("msg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_msg,
4173 "-msg timestamp[=on|off]\n"
4174 " change the format of messages\n"
4175 " on|off controls leading timestamps (default:on)\n",
4176 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4177STEXI
4178@item -msg timestamp[=on|off]
4179@findex -msg
4180prepend a timestamp to each log message.(default:on)
4181ETEXI
4182
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304183DEF("dump-vmstate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dump_vmstate,
4184 "-dump-vmstate <file>\n"
4185 " Output vmstate information in JSON format to file.\n"
4186 " Use the scripts/vmstate-static-checker.py file to\n"
4187 " check for possible regressions in migration code\n"
Laurent Vivier23820532015-09-04 21:30:04 +02004188 " by comparing two such vmstate dumps.\n",
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304189 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4190STEXI
4191@item -dump-vmstate @var{file}
4192@findex -dump-vmstate
4193Dump json-encoded vmstate information for current machine type to file
4194in @var{file}
4195ETEXI
4196
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04004197DEF("enable-sync-profile", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_sync_profile,
4198 "-enable-sync-profile\n"
4199 " enable synchronization profiling\n",
4200 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4201STEXI
4202@item -enable-sync-profile
4203@findex -enable-sync-profile
4204Enable synchronization profiling.
4205ETEXI
4206
Paolo Bonzini43f187a2017-01-04 13:50:37 +01004207STEXI
4208@end table
4209ETEXI
4210DEFHEADING()
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02004211
4212DEFHEADING(Generic object creation:)
Paolo Bonzini43f187a2017-01-04 13:50:37 +01004213STEXI
4214@table @option
4215ETEXI
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004216
4217DEF("object", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_object,
4218 "-object TYPENAME[,PROP1=VALUE1,...]\n"
4219 " create a new object of type TYPENAME setting properties\n"
4220 " in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'\n"
4221 " property must be set. These objects are placed in the\n"
4222 " '/objects' path.\n",
4223 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4224STEXI
4225@item -object @var{typename}[,@var{prop1}=@var{value1},...]
4226@findex -object
4227Create a new object of type @var{typename} setting properties
4228in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'
4229property must be set. These objects are placed in the
4230'/objects' path.
4231
4232@table @option
4233
Haozhong Zhang98376842017-12-11 15:28:04 +08004234@item -object memory-backend-file,id=@var{id},size=@var{size},mem-path=@var{dir},share=@var{on|off},discard-data=@var{on|off},merge=@var{on|off},dump=@var{on|off},prealloc=@var{on|off},host-nodes=@var{host-nodes},policy=@var{default|preferred|bind|interleave},align=@var{align}
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004235
4236Creates a memory file backend object, which can be used to back
Stefan Hajnoczic7cddce2017-11-28 16:15:28 +00004237the guest RAM with huge pages.
4238
4239The @option{id} parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
4240memory region when configuring the @option{-numa} argument.
4241
4242The @option{size} option provides the size of the memory region, and accepts
4243common suffixes, eg @option{500M}.
4244
4245The @option{mem-path} provides the path to either a shared memory or huge page
4246filesystem mount.
4247
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004248The @option{share} boolean option determines whether the memory
4249region is marked as private to QEMU, or shared. The latter allows
4250a co-operating external process to access the QEMU memory region.
Stefan Hajnoczic7cddce2017-11-28 16:15:28 +00004251
Marcel Apfelbaum06329cc2017-12-13 16:37:37 +02004252The @option{share} is also required for pvrdma devices due to
4253limitations in the RDMA API provided by Linux.
4254
4255Setting share=on might affect the ability to configure NUMA
4256bindings for the memory backend under some circumstances, see
4257Documentation/vm/numa_memory_policy.txt on the Linux kernel
4258source tree for additional details.
4259
Eduardo Habkost11ae6ed2017-08-24 16:23:15 -03004260Setting the @option{discard-data} boolean option to @var{on}
4261indicates that file contents can be destroyed when QEMU exits,
4262to avoid unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. Note
4263that @option{discard-data} is only an optimization, and QEMU
4264might not discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is
4265terminated using SIGKILL.
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004266
Stefan Hajnoczic7cddce2017-11-28 16:15:28 +00004267The @option{merge} boolean option enables memory merge, also known as
4268MADV_MERGEABLE, so that Kernel Samepage Merging will consider the pages for
4269memory deduplication.
4270
4271Setting the @option{dump} boolean option to @var{off} excludes the memory from
4272core dumps. This feature is also known as MADV_DONTDUMP.
4273
4274The @option{prealloc} boolean option enables memory preallocation.
4275
4276The @option{host-nodes} option binds the memory range to a list of NUMA host
4277nodes.
4278
4279The @option{policy} option sets the NUMA policy to one of the following values:
4280
4281@table @option
4282@item @var{default}
4283default host policy
4284
4285@item @var{preferred}
4286prefer the given host node list for allocation
4287
4288@item @var{bind}
4289restrict memory allocation to the given host node list
4290
4291@item @var{interleave}
4292interleave memory allocations across the given host node list
4293@end table
4294
Haozhong Zhang98376842017-12-11 15:28:04 +08004295The @option{align} option specifies the base address alignment when
4296QEMU mmap(2) @option{mem-path}, and accepts common suffixes, eg
4297@option{2M}. Some backend store specified by @option{mem-path}
4298requires an alignment different than the default one used by QEMU, eg
4299the device DAX /dev/dax0.0 requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In
4300such cases, users can specify the required alignment via this option.
4301
Junyan Hea4de8552018-07-18 15:48:00 +08004302The @option{pmem} option specifies whether the backing file specified
4303by @option{mem-path} is in host persistent memory that can be accessed
4304using the SNIA NVM programming model (e.g. Intel NVDIMM).
4305If @option{pmem} is set to 'on', QEMU will take necessary operations to
4306guarantee the persistence of its own writes to @option{mem-path}
4307(e.g. in vNVDIMM label emulation and live migration).
Zhang Yi119906af2019-04-22 08:48:48 +08004308Also, we will map the backend-file with MAP_SYNC flag, which ensures the
4309file metadata is in sync for @option{mem-path} in case of host crash
4310or a power failure. MAP_SYNC requires support from both the host kernel
4311(since Linux kernel 4.15) and the filesystem of @option{mem-path} mounted
4312with DAX option.
Junyan Hea4de8552018-07-18 15:48:00 +08004313
Marcel Apfelbaum06329cc2017-12-13 16:37:37 +02004314@item -object memory-backend-ram,id=@var{id},merge=@var{on|off},dump=@var{on|off},share=@var{on|off},prealloc=@var{on|off},size=@var{size},host-nodes=@var{host-nodes},policy=@var{default|preferred|bind|interleave}
Stefan Hajnoczicd194912017-11-28 16:15:29 +00004315
4316Creates a memory backend object, which can be used to back the guest RAM.
4317Memory backend objects offer more control than the @option{-m} option that is
4318traditionally used to define guest RAM. Please refer to
4319@option{memory-backend-file} for a description of the options.
4320
Marc-André Lureau36ea3972018-08-28 17:38:40 +02004321@item -object memory-backend-memfd,id=@var{id},merge=@var{on|off},dump=@var{on|off},share=@var{on|off},prealloc=@var{on|off},size=@var{size},host-nodes=@var{host-nodes},policy=@var{default|preferred|bind|interleave},seal=@var{on|off},hugetlb=@var{on|off},hugetlbsize=@var{size}
Marc-André Lureaudbb9e0f2018-02-01 14:27:54 +01004322
4323Creates an anonymous memory file backend object, which allows QEMU to
4324share the memory with an external process (e.g. when using
4325vhost-user). The memory is allocated with memfd and optional
4326sealing. (Linux only)
4327
4328The @option{seal} option creates a sealed-file, that will block
4329further resizing the memory ('on' by default).
4330
4331The @option{hugetlb} option specify the file to be created resides in
4332the hugetlbfs filesystem (since Linux 4.14). Used in conjunction with
4333the @option{hugetlb} option, the @option{hugetlbsize} option specify
4334the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple hugetlb page
4335sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by the system).
4336
4337In some versions of Linux, the @option{hugetlb} option is incompatible
4338with the @option{seal} option (requires at least Linux 4.16).
4339
4340Please refer to @option{memory-backend-file} for a description of the
4341other options.
4342
Marc-André Lureau36ea3972018-08-28 17:38:40 +02004343The @option{share} boolean option is @var{on} by default with memfd.
4344
Laurent Vivier6c4e9d42019-08-20 18:06:13 +02004345@item -object rng-builtin,id=@var{id}
4346
4347Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy from
4348QEMU builtin functions. The @option{id} parameter is a unique ID that
4349will be used to reference this entropy backend from the @option{virtio-rng}
Laurent Vivier0198c262019-08-20 18:06:15 +02004350device. By default, the @option{virtio-rng} device uses this RNG backend.
Laurent Vivier6c4e9d42019-08-20 18:06:13 +02004351
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004352@item -object rng-random,id=@var{id},filename=@var{/dev/random}
4353
4354Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy from
4355a device on the host. The @option{id} parameter is a unique ID that
4356will be used to reference this entropy backend from the @option{virtio-rng}
4357device. The @option{filename} parameter specifies which file to obtain
Kashyap Chamarthya2230bd2019-05-29 16:31:03 +02004358entropy from and if omitted defaults to @option{/dev/urandom}.
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004359
4360@item -object rng-egd,id=@var{id},chardev=@var{chardevid}
4361
4362Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy from
4363an external daemon running on the host. The @option{id} parameter is
4364a unique ID that will be used to reference this entropy backend from
4365the @option{virtio-rng} device. The @option{chardev} parameter is
4366the unique ID of a character device backend that provides the connection
4367to the RNG daemon.
4368
Daniel P. Berrangee00adf62015-03-13 17:39:26 +00004369@item -object tls-creds-anon,id=@var{id},endpoint=@var{endpoint},dir=@var{/path/to/cred/dir},verify-peer=@var{on|off}
4370
4371Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to provide
4372TLS support on network backends. The @option{id} parameter is a unique
4373ID which network backends will use to access the credentials. The
4374@option{endpoint} is either @option{server} or @option{client} depending
4375on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the credentials will be
4376acting as a client or as a server. If @option{verify-peer} is enabled
4377(the default) then once the handshake is completed, the peer credentials
4378will be verified, though this is a no-op for anonymous credentials.
4379
4380The @var{dir} parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential
4381files. For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
4382@var{dh-params.pem} providing diffie-hellman parameters to use
4383for the TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate
4384a set of DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally
4385expensive operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4386recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4387upfront and saved.
4388
Richard W.M. Jonese1a6dc92018-07-03 09:03:03 +01004389@item -object tls-creds-psk,id=@var{id},endpoint=@var{endpoint},dir=@var{/path/to/keys/dir}[,username=@var{username}]
4390
4391Creates a TLS Pre-Shared Keys (PSK) credentials object, which can be used to provide
4392TLS support on network backends. The @option{id} parameter is a unique
4393ID which network backends will use to access the credentials. The
4394@option{endpoint} is either @option{server} or @option{client} depending
4395on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the credentials will be
4396acting as a client or as a server. For clients only, @option{username}
4397is the username which will be sent to the server. If omitted
4398it defaults to ``qemu''.
4399
4400The @var{dir} parameter tells QEMU where to find the keys file.
4401It is called ``@var{dir}/keys.psk'' and contains ``username:key''
4402pairs. This file can most easily be created using the GnuTLS
4403@code{psktool} program.
4404
4405For server endpoints, @var{dir} may also contain a file
4406@var{dh-params.pem} providing diffie-hellman parameters to use
4407for the TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate
4408a set of DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally
4409expensive operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4410recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4411up front and saved.
4412
Christophe Fergeau00e5e9d2017-12-08 15:14:30 +01004413@item -object tls-creds-x509,id=@var{id},endpoint=@var{endpoint},dir=@var{/path/to/cred/dir},priority=@var{priority},verify-peer=@var{on|off},passwordid=@var{id}
Daniel P. Berrange85bcbc72015-03-13 17:39:26 +00004414
4415Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to provide
4416TLS support on network backends. The @option{id} parameter is a unique
4417ID which network backends will use to access the credentials. The
4418@option{endpoint} is either @option{server} or @option{client} depending
4419on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the credentials will be
4420acting as a client or as a server. If @option{verify-peer} is enabled
4421(the default) then once the handshake is completed, the peer credentials
4422will be verified. With x509 certificates, this implies that the clients
4423must be provided with valid client certificates too.
4424
4425The @var{dir} parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential
4426files. For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
4427@var{dh-params.pem} providing diffie-hellman parameters to use
4428for the TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate
4429a set of DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally
4430expensive operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4431recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4432upfront and saved.
4433
4434For x509 certificate credentials the directory will contain further files
4435providing the x509 certificates. The certificates must be stored
4436in PEM format, in filenames @var{ca-cert.pem}, @var{ca-crl.pem} (optional),
4437@var{server-cert.pem} (only servers), @var{server-key.pem} (only servers),
4438@var{client-cert.pem} (only clients), and @var{client-key.pem} (only clients).
4439
Daniel P. Berrange1d7b5b42015-10-15 16:14:42 +01004440For the @var{server-key.pem} and @var{client-key.pem} files which
4441contain sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an encrypted
4442version by providing the @var{passwordid} parameter. This provides
4443the ID of a previously created @code{secret} object containing the
4444password for decryption.
4445
Christophe Fergeau00e5e9d2017-12-08 15:14:30 +01004446The @var{priority} parameter allows to override the global default
4447priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system administrator
4448needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for QEMU without
4449potentially forcing the weakness onto all applications. Or conversely
4450if one wants wants a stronger default for QEMU than for all other
4451applications, they can do this through this parameter. Its format is
4452a gnutls priority string as described at
4453@url{https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html}.
4454
zhanghailiang338d3f42016-03-01 13:37:02 +08004455@item -object filter-buffer,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{netdevid},interval=@var{t}[,queue=@var{all|rx|tx}][,status=@var{on|off}]
Yang Hongyang7dbb11c2015-10-07 11:52:21 +08004456
4457Interval @var{t} can't be 0, this filter batches the packet delivery: all
4458packets arriving in a given interval on netdev @var{netdevid} are delayed
4459until the end of the interval. Interval is in microseconds.
zhanghailiang338d3f42016-03-01 13:37:02 +08004460@option{status} is optional that indicate whether the netfilter is
4461on (enabled) or off (disabled), the default status for netfilter will be 'on'.
Yang Hongyang7dbb11c2015-10-07 11:52:21 +08004462
4463queue @var{all|rx|tx} is an option that can be applied to any netfilter.
4464
4465@option{all}: the filter is attached both to the receive and the transmit
4466 queue of the netdev (default).
4467
4468@option{rx}: the filter is attached to the receive queue of the netdev,
4469 where it will receive packets sent to the netdev.
4470
4471@option{tx}: the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the netdev,
4472 where it will receive packets sent by the netdev.
4473
Zhang Chene2521f02017-07-04 14:53:48 +08004474@item -object filter-mirror,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{netdevid},outdev=@var{chardevid},queue=@var{all|rx|tx}[,vnet_hdr_support]
Zhang Chenf6d3afb2016-03-15 15:41:33 +08004475
Zhang Chene2521f02017-07-04 14:53:48 +08004476filter-mirror on netdev @var{netdevid},mirror net packet to chardev@var{chardevid}, if it has the vnet_hdr_support flag, filter-mirror will mirror packet with vnet_hdr_len.
Zhang Chenf6d3afb2016-03-15 15:41:33 +08004477
Zhang Chen00d5c242017-07-04 14:53:49 +08004478@item -object filter-redirector,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{netdevid},indev=@var{chardevid},outdev=@var{chardevid},queue=@var{all|rx|tx}[,vnet_hdr_support]
Zhang Chend46f75b2016-03-17 16:16:26 +08004479
4480filter-redirector on netdev @var{netdevid},redirect filter's net packet to chardev
Zhang Chen00d5c242017-07-04 14:53:49 +08004481@var{chardevid},and redirect indev's packet to filter.if it has the vnet_hdr_support flag,
4482filter-redirector will redirect packet with vnet_hdr_len.
Zhang Chend46f75b2016-03-17 16:16:26 +08004483Create a filter-redirector we need to differ outdev id from indev id, id can not
4484be the same. we can just use indev or outdev, but at least one of indev or outdev
4485need to be specified.
4486
Zhang Chen4b39bdc2017-07-04 14:53:55 +08004487@item -object filter-rewriter,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{netdevid},queue=@var{all|rx|tx},[vnet_hdr_support]
Zhang Chene6eee8a2016-09-27 10:22:32 +08004488
4489Filter-rewriter is a part of COLO project.It will rewrite tcp packet to
4490secondary from primary to keep secondary tcp connection,and rewrite
4491tcp packet to primary from secondary make tcp packet can be handled by
Zhang Chen4b39bdc2017-07-04 14:53:55 +08004492client.if it has the vnet_hdr_support flag, we can parse packet with vnet header.
Zhang Chene6eee8a2016-09-27 10:22:32 +08004493
4494usage:
4495colo secondary:
4496-object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
4497-object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
4498-object filter-rewriter,id=rew0,netdev=hn0,queue=all
4499
Changlong Xiec551cd52016-10-11 13:28:32 +08004500@item -object filter-dump,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{dev}[,file=@var{filename}][,maxlen=@var{len}]
Thomas Huthd3e0c032015-10-13 12:40:02 +02004501
4502Dump the network traffic on netdev @var{dev} to the file specified by
4503@var{filename}. At most @var{len} bytes (64k by default) per packet are stored.
4504The file format is libpcap, so it can be analyzed with tools such as tcpdump
4505or Wireshark.
4506
Zhang Chencf6af762019-06-10 00:44:29 +08004507@item -object colo-compare,id=@var{id},primary_in=@var{chardevid},secondary_in=@var{chardevid},outdev=@var{chardevid},iothread=@var{id}[,vnet_hdr_support][,notify_dev=@var{id}]
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004508
4509Colo-compare gets packet from primary_in@var{chardevid} and secondary_in@var{chardevid}, than compare primary packet with
4510secondary packet. If the packets are same, we will output primary
4511packet to outdev@var{chardevid}, else we will notify colo-frame
4512do checkpoint and send primary packet to outdev@var{chardevid}.
Zhang Chen5aede7f2019-04-26 17:07:30 +08004513In order to improve efficiency, we need to put the task of comparison
4514in another thread. If it has the vnet_hdr_support flag, colo compare
4515will send/recv packet with vnet_hdr_len.
Zhang Chencf6af762019-06-10 00:44:29 +08004516If you want to use Xen COLO, will need the notify_dev to notify Xen
4517colo-frame to do checkpoint.
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004518
4519we must use it with the help of filter-mirror and filter-redirector.
4520
4521@example
4522
Zhang Chencf6af762019-06-10 00:44:29 +08004523KVM COLO
4524
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004525primary:
4526-netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
4527-device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
4528-chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server,nowait
4529-chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server,nowait
4530-chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server,nowait
4531-chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
4532-chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server,nowait
4533-chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
Zhang Chen5aede7f2019-04-26 17:07:30 +08004534-object iothread,id=iothread1
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004535-object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
4536-object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
4537-object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
Zhang Chen5aede7f2019-04-26 17:07:30 +08004538-object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,iothread=iothread1
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004539
4540secondary:
4541-netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
4542-device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
4543-chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
4544-chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
4545-object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
4546-object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
4547
Zhang Chencf6af762019-06-10 00:44:29 +08004548
4549Xen COLO
4550
4551primary:
4552-netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
4553-device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
4554-chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server,nowait
4555-chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server,nowait
4556-chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server,nowait
4557-chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
4558-chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server,nowait
4559-chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
4560-chardev socket,id=notify_way,host=3.3.3.3,port=9009,server,nowait
4561-object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
4562-object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
4563-object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
4564-object iothread,id=iothread1
4565-object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,notify_dev=nofity_way,iothread=iothread1
4566
4567secondary:
4568-netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
4569-device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
4570-chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
4571-chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
4572-object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
4573-object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
4574
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004575@end example
4576
4577If you want to know the detail of above command line, you can read
4578the colo-compare git log.
4579
Gonglei1653a5f2016-10-28 16:33:23 +08004580@item -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=@var{id}[,queues=@var{queues}]
4581
4582Creates a cryptodev backend which executes crypto opreation from
4583the QEMU cipher APIS. The @var{id} parameter is
4584a unique ID that will be used to reference this cryptodev backend from
4585the @option{virtio-crypto} device. The @var{queues} parameter is optional,
4586which specify the queue number of cryptodev backend, the default of
4587@var{queues} is 1.
4588
4589@example
4590
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004591 # @value{qemu_system} \
Gonglei1653a5f2016-10-28 16:33:23 +08004592 [...] \
4593 -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=cryptodev0 \
4594 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \
4595 [...]
4596@end example
4597
Gonglei042cea22018-03-01 21:46:28 +08004598@item -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=@var{id},chardev=@var{chardevid}[,queues=@var{queues}]
4599
4600Creates a vhost-user cryptodev backend, backed by a chardev @var{chardevid}.
4601The @var{id} parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
4602cryptodev backend from the @option{virtio-crypto} device.
4603The chardev should be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses
4604a specifically defined protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement messages
4605to an application on the other end of the socket.
4606The @var{queues} parameter is optional, which specify the queue number
4607of cryptodev backend for multiqueue vhost-user, the default of @var{queues} is 1.
4608
4609@example
4610
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004611 # @value{qemu_system} \
Gonglei042cea22018-03-01 21:46:28 +08004612 [...] \
4613 -chardev socket,id=chardev0,path=/path/to/socket \
4614 -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=cryptodev0,chardev=chardev0 \
4615 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \
4616 [...]
4617@end example
4618
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004619@item -object secret,id=@var{id},data=@var{string},format=@var{raw|base64}[,keyid=@var{secretid},iv=@var{string}]
4620@item -object secret,id=@var{id},file=@var{filename},format=@var{raw|base64}[,keyid=@var{secretid},iv=@var{string}]
4621
4622Defines a secret to store a password, encryption key, or some other sensitive
4623data. The sensitive data can either be passed directly via the @var{data}
4624parameter, or indirectly via the @var{file} parameter. Using the @var{data}
4625parameter is insecure unless the sensitive data is encrypted.
4626
4627The sensitive data can be provided in raw format (the default), or base64.
4628When encoded as JSON, the raw format only supports valid UTF-8 characters,
4629so base64 is recommended for sending binary data. QEMU will convert from
4630which ever format is provided to the format it needs internally. eg, an
4631RBD password can be provided in raw format, even though it will be base64
4632encoded when passed onto the RBD sever.
4633
4634For added protection, it is possible to encrypt the data associated with
4635a secret using the AES-256-CBC cipher. Use of encryption is indicated
4636by providing the @var{keyid} and @var{iv} parameters. The @var{keyid}
4637parameter provides the ID of a previously defined secret that contains
4638the AES-256 decryption key. This key should be 32-bytes long and be
4639base64 encoded. The @var{iv} parameter provides the random initialization
4640vector used for encryption of this particular secret and should be a
Daniel P. Berrange69c0b272016-04-04 10:33:55 +01004641base64 encrypted string of the 16-byte IV.
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004642
4643The simplest (insecure) usage is to provide the secret inline
4644
4645@example
4646
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004647 # @value{qemu_system} -object secret,id=sec0,data=letmein,format=raw
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004648
4649@end example
4650
4651The simplest secure usage is to provide the secret via a file
4652
Eric Blakeb43671f2017-07-03 13:09:50 -05004653 # printf "letmein" > mypasswd.txt
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004654 # @value{qemu_system} -object secret,id=sec0,file=mypasswd.txt,format=raw
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004655
4656For greater security, AES-256-CBC should be used. To illustrate usage,
4657consider the openssl command line tool which can encrypt the data. Note
4658that when encrypting, the plaintext must be padded to the cipher block
4659size (32 bytes) using the standard PKCS#5/6 compatible padding algorithm.
4660
4661First a master key needs to be created in base64 encoding:
4662
4663@example
4664 # openssl rand -base64 32 > key.b64
4665 # KEY=$(base64 -d key.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
4666@end example
4667
4668Each secret to be encrypted needs to have a random initialization vector
4669generated. These do not need to be kept secret
4670
4671@example
4672 # openssl rand -base64 16 > iv.b64
4673 # IV=$(base64 -d iv.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
4674@end example
4675
4676The secret to be defined can now be encrypted, in this case we're
4677telling openssl to base64 encode the result, but it could be left
4678as raw bytes if desired.
4679
4680@example
Eric Blakeb43671f2017-07-03 13:09:50 -05004681 # SECRET=$(printf "letmein" |
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004682 openssl enc -aes-256-cbc -a -K $KEY -iv $IV)
4683@end example
4684
4685When launching QEMU, create a master secret pointing to @code{key.b64}
4686and specify that to be used to decrypt the user password. Pass the
4687contents of @code{iv.b64} to the second secret
4688
4689@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004690 # @value{qemu_system} \
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004691 -object secret,id=secmaster0,format=base64,file=key.b64 \
4692 -object secret,id=sec0,keyid=secmaster0,format=base64,\
4693 data=$SECRET,iv=$(<iv.b64)
4694@end example
4695
Brijesh Singha9b49422018-03-08 06:48:41 -06004696@item -object sev-guest,id=@var{id},cbitpos=@var{cbitpos},reduced-phys-bits=@var{val},[sev-device=@var{string},policy=@var{policy},handle=@var{handle},dh-cert-file=@var{file},session-file=@var{file}]
4697
4698Create a Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) guest object, which can be used
4699to provide the guest memory encryption support on AMD processors.
4700
4701When memory encryption is enabled, one of the physical address bit (aka the
4702C-bit) is utilized to mark if a memory page is protected. The @option{cbitpos}
4703is used to provide the C-bit position. The C-bit position is Host family dependent
4704hence user must provide this value. On EPYC, the value should be 47.
4705
4706When memory encryption is enabled, we loose certain bits in physical address space.
4707The @option{reduced-phys-bits} is used to provide the number of bits we loose in
4708physical address space. Similar to C-bit, the value is Host family dependent.
4709On EPYC, the value should be 5.
4710
4711The @option{sev-device} provides the device file to use for communicating with
4712the SEV firmware running inside AMD Secure Processor. The default device is
4713'/dev/sev'. If hardware supports memory encryption then /dev/sev devices are
4714created by CCP driver.
4715
4716The @option{policy} provides the guest policy to be enforced by the SEV firmware
4717and restrict what configuration and operational commands can be performed on this
4718guest by the hypervisor. The policy should be provided by the guest owner and is
4719bound to the guest and cannot be changed throughout the lifetime of the guest.
4720The default is 0.
4721
4722If guest @option{policy} allows sharing the key with another SEV guest then
4723@option{handle} can be use to provide handle of the guest from which to share
4724the key.
4725
4726The @option{dh-cert-file} and @option{session-file} provides the guest owner's
4727Public Diffie-Hillman key defined in SEV spec. The PDH and session parameters
4728are used for establishing a cryptographic session with the guest owner to
4729negotiate keys used for attestation. The file must be encoded in base64.
4730
4731e.g to launch a SEV guest
4732@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004733 # @value{qemu_system_x86} \
Brijesh Singha9b49422018-03-08 06:48:41 -06004734 ......
4735 -object sev-guest,id=sev0,cbitpos=47,reduced-phys-bits=5 \
4736 -machine ...,memory-encryption=sev0
4737 .....
4738
4739@end example
Daniel P. Berrangéfb5c4eb2018-05-02 15:40:33 +01004740
4741
4742@item -object authz-simple,id=@var{id},identity=@var{string}
4743
4744Create an authorization object that will control access to network services.
4745
4746The @option{identity} parameter is identifies the user and its format
4747depends on the network service that authorization object is associated
4748with. For authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates, the identity must
4749be the x509 distinguished name. Note that care must be taken to escape
4750any commas in the distinguished name.
4751
4752An example authorization object to validate a x509 distinguished name
4753would look like:
4754@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004755 # @value{qemu_system} \
Daniel P. Berrangéfb5c4eb2018-05-02 15:40:33 +01004756 ...
4757 -object 'authz-simple,id=auth0,identity=CN=laptop.example.com,,O=Example Org,,L=London,,ST=London,,C=GB' \
4758 ...
4759@end example
4760
4761Note the use of quotes due to the x509 distinguished name containing
4762whitespace, and escaping of ','.
4763
Daniel P. Berrangé55d86982018-05-11 12:19:59 +01004764@item -object authz-listfile,id=@var{id},filename=@var{path},refresh=@var{yes|no}
4765
4766Create an authorization object that will control access to network services.
4767
4768The @option{filename} parameter is the fully qualified path to a file
4769containing the access control list rules in JSON format.
4770
4771An example set of rules that match against SASL usernames might look
4772like:
4773
4774@example
4775 @{
4776 "rules": [
4777 @{ "match": "fred", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" @},
4778 @{ "match": "bob", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" @},
4779 @{ "match": "danb", "policy": "deny", "format": "glob" @},
4780 @{ "match": "dan*", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" @},
4781 ],
4782 "policy": "deny"
4783 @}
4784@end example
4785
4786When checking access the object will iterate over all the rules and
4787the first rule to match will have its @option{policy} value returned
4788as the result. If no rules match, then the default @option{policy}
4789value is returned.
4790
4791The rules can either be an exact string match, or they can use the
4792simple UNIX glob pattern matching to allow wildcards to be used.
4793
4794If @option{refresh} is set to true the file will be monitored
4795and automatically reloaded whenever its content changes.
4796
4797As with the @code{authz-simple} object, the format of the identity
4798strings being matched depends on the network service, but is usually
4799a TLS x509 distinguished name, or a SASL username.
4800
4801An example authorization object to validate a SASL username
4802would look like:
4803@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004804 # @value{qemu_system} \
Daniel P. Berrangé55d86982018-05-11 12:19:59 +01004805 ...
4806 -object authz-simple,id=auth0,filename=/etc/qemu/vnc-sasl.acl,refresh=yes
4807 ...
4808@end example
4809
Daniel P. Berrange8953caf2016-07-27 14:13:56 +01004810@item -object authz-pam,id=@var{id},service=@var{string}
4811
4812Create an authorization object that will control access to network services.
4813
4814The @option{service} parameter provides the name of a PAM service to use
4815for authorization. It requires that a file @code{/etc/pam.d/@var{service}}
4816exist to provide the configuration for the @code{account} subsystem.
4817
4818An example authorization object to validate a TLS x509 distinguished
4819name would look like:
4820
4821@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004822 # @value{qemu_system} \
Daniel P. Berrange8953caf2016-07-27 14:13:56 +01004823 ...
4824 -object authz-pam,id=auth0,service=qemu-vnc
4825 ...
4826@end example
4827
4828There would then be a corresponding config file for PAM at
4829@code{/etc/pam.d/qemu-vnc} that contains:
4830
4831@example
4832account requisite pam_listfile.so item=user sense=allow \
4833 file=/etc/qemu/vnc.allow
4834@end example
4835
4836Finally the @code{/etc/qemu/vnc.allow} file would contain
4837the list of x509 distingished names that are permitted
4838access
4839
4840@example
4841CN=laptop.example.com,O=Example Home,L=London,ST=London,C=GB
4842@end example
4843
Stefan Hajnoczi86d2a492019-10-25 14:22:36 +02004844@item -object iothread,id=@var{id},poll-max-ns=@var{poll-max-ns},poll-grow=@var{poll-grow},poll-shrink=@var{poll-shrink}
4845
4846Creates a dedicated event loop thread that devices can be assigned to. This is
4847known as an IOThread. By default device emulation happens in vCPU threads or
4848the main event loop thread. This can become a scalability bottleneck.
4849IOThreads allow device emulation and I/O to run on other host CPUs.
4850
4851The @option{id} parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
4852IOThread from @option{-device ...,iothread=@var{id}}. Multiple devices can be
4853assigned to an IOThread. Note that not all devices support an
4854@option{iothread} parameter.
4855
4856The @code{query-iothreads} QMP command lists IOThreads and reports their thread
4857IDs so that the user can configure host CPU pinning/affinity.
4858
4859IOThreads use an adaptive polling algorithm to reduce event loop latency.
4860Instead of entering a blocking system call to monitor file descriptors and then
4861pay the cost of being woken up when an event occurs, the polling algorithm
4862spins waiting for events for a short time. The algorithm's default parameters
4863are suitable for many cases but can be adjusted based on knowledge of the
4864workload and/or host device latency.
4865
4866The @option{poll-max-ns} parameter is the maximum number of nanoseconds to busy
4867wait for events. Polling can be disabled by setting this value to 0.
4868
4869The @option{poll-grow} parameter is the multiplier used to increase the polling
4870time when the algorithm detects it is missing events due to not polling long
4871enough.
4872
4873The @option{poll-shrink} parameter is the divisor used to decrease the polling
4874time when the algorithm detects it is spending too long polling without
4875encountering events.
4876
4877The polling parameters can be modified at run-time using the @code{qom-set} command (where @code{iothread1} is the IOThread's @code{id}):
4878
4879@example
4880(qemu) qom-set /objects/iothread1 poll-max-ns 100000
4881@end example
Daniel P. Berrange8953caf2016-07-27 14:13:56 +01004882
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004883@end table
4884
4885ETEXI
4886
4887
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004888HXCOMM This is the last statement. Insert new options before this line!
4889STEXI
4890@end table
4891ETEXI